Initial commit - QBPOS Help

This commit is contained in:
2026-01-27 18:07:54 -06:00
commit e3d556b732
2307 changed files with 219842 additions and 0 deletions

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>About EMV receipt compliance</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
li.hcp2 { list-style:none;
display:inline; }
ol.hcp3 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">About EMV receipt compliance</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="receiptsoverview.htm">Sales Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields04.htm">Receipt Fields</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">EMV is a new US credit card payment standard meant to make credit transactions more secure. &#160;"EMV" stands for Europay, MasterCard, and Visa - the developers of this standard.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">EMV cards feature smart chips which encrypt data for every sale, making card transactions more secure. &#160;These cards are designed to be inserted into the reader and remain in place throughout the entire transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Along with this change, there are new industry standards for the information contained on receipts. &#160;The default 40 column and Letter receipt templates are EMV compliant. &#160;If you use a modified template, make sure to add the fields required for EMV compliance.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">List of required fields:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Body Header:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Transaction Date &amp; Time</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Transaction Type &amp; Number</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Workstation</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store Name</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Store Address</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Body:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Amount Information (includes total and masked card number)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Credit Card Name</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Expiration Date (masked)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Reference</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Entry Mode (Chip, Chip/Swiped, Manual, or Swiped)</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Merchant Information</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Tender Signature Line</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Card AID</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Retention Reminder</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add fields to a custom receipt template:</p>
<ol class="hcp3">
<li class="hcp2">
<ol class="hcp3">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Go to <span class="hcp4">File &gt; Tools &gt; Print Designer</span>.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">From the Available Templates list, double-click your receipt template to open it.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Click the <span class="hcp4">Add</span> <span>button and choose</span> <span class="hcp4">Data Field or Group of Fields</span><span>. &#160;Add any fields from the list above that aren't already on your template.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Canceling, Holding, and Unholding Receipts in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
b.hcp2 { font-weight:normal; }
b.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Canceling, Holding, and Unholding Receipts in Simple View</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Reversing a Receipt</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Topic Hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A sales receipt can be canceled or put on hold at any time before saving. Canceling/holding a sales receipt in Simple View has the same effect as canceling/holding a sales receipt in regular view. Refer to the topic <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> for more details.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To cancel a sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b class="hcp2">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the confirmation dialog, click <span class="GramE"><b>Yes</b></span> to discard the current receipt. The sales transaction of the receipt is canceled.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or, click <b>No</b> to return to the current receipt and continue with the sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp3"><i style="font-style: italic;">To put a sales receipt on hold:</i></b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Hold</b>. The current sales receipt is put on hold.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To take a sales receipt off hold:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the <b class="hcp2">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Unhold</b>. The held receipt will replace the new receipt form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete the sales transaction by editing, saving, printing or canceling the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp3">Notes</b>:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">In Simple View, only one receipt can be placed on hold at a time. To place a second receipt on hold, you must first take the held receipt off hold and complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">While a sales receipt is on hold, you can view, print, or cancel it (subject to your security rights). Canceling a held receipt takes the receipt off hold and discards it.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">Canceling/Holding a receipt in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete items in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Credit Card Returns in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Credit Card Returns in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If a previous credit card transaction has already been settled with the concerned bank, you should issue a credit refund to the customer by making a return receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make a credit card return:</p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic return procedure adding items to a return receipt. For more information, see <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b style="font-weight: normal;">Payments</b> area, click <b>Give Change</b> and select <b>Credit Card</b> from the menu. The Credit Card dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card, or manually enter the credit card number, expiration date and the customers ZIP Code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Update, print the receipt, and have the customer sign the merchant copy.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the customer is returning all the items on the original receipt, you can also <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">reverse</a> the original receipt. Reversing the receipt is typically done when the customer is not present to swipe their card or to get a signature for a return receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Customers in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Customers in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the company preference to track customer is enabled, basic customer functionality is supported in Simple View, including:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The ability to list the customer on the receipt</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Applying customer discounts and price levels</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Using customer charge accounts</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Giving customer loyalty rewards</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Selling items from customer orders</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quick-adding a customer to your Customer List while making a sale (see below)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To list an existing customer in Simple View:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Customer</font> field, begin typing customer information (last name is suggested, but you can also type first name, phone number, company name, or a search keyword).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp3">Enter</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/SimpleView/simpleview_cust.gif" alt="Simple View CUstomer Field" title="Simple View CUstomer Field" width="360" height="76" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the correct name from the displayed list of customers matching your entry.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">Alternatively, select the down arrow to the right of the customer field to display your entire customer list. Scroll through the list to locate the customer name.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Discounts, tax handling, and other customer-specific sales information is automatically suggested or applied to the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To QuickAdd a new customer in Simple View:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp3">Add Cust</span> from the left side of the Simple View screen. The New Customer window is opened.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/SimpleView/simpleview_quickadd_cust.gif" alt="QuickAdd Customer" title="QuickAdd Customer" width="280" height="215" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter basic customer information. <span class="hcp3">Last Name</span> is required.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">Save and Select</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete the sale normally.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">You can add additional information for the customer later by editing the customer record.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Not all customer information is displayed on a Simple View receipt. For example, the customer's address, charge account information, reward information, and check acceptance status are not displayed. However, you will be notified if a credit limit is exceeded, if checks are not accepted, or if a reward is available for the customer.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The integrated shipping features are not available from the Simple View receipt screen, although you can record a shipping amount.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Customer Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Discounting Sales Prices in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
table.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp5 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp6 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ol.hcp7 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
b.hcp8 { font-weight:normal; }
img.hcp9 { border:none;
margin-left:5px;
margin-right:5px;
margin-top:5px;
margin-bottom:5px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Discounting Sales Prices in Simple View</b></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp2"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Simple View supports the following types of discounts:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" name="qbdata_midtopic_sr_3000" id="a3">Manual item discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP301090478" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A manual item discount applies to a specific item being sold. Manual discounts are always given against the active price level for the item.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To manually discount an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">On the <b class="hcp8">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, highlight the item to be discounted in the item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b>. The <b class="hcp8">Edit Item</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal5"><img src="../image/SimpleView/manual_discount.gif" alt="Simple View: Manual Discount" width="300" height="203" border="0" class="hcp9"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal9">&#160;</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Apply a discount to the item price in any of the following ways:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To discount price to a specific amount, enter the new amount in the <b>Price</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To discount price by a specific percentage, enter the percentage in the <b>Disc. %</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify a <b>Disc. Reason</b> if required or desired, from the drop-down list of available reasons.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to close the <b class="hcp8">Edit Item</b> dialog and return to the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Customer Discounts and Price Levels <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP299757023" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Customer discounts and price levels, if defined on the customer record, are automatically suggested when making a sale to the customer.</p>
<p><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Customer Rewards <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP253200451" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Customer rewards can be applied to eligible sales in Simple View. The process is the same as in the receipt regular view.</p>
<p>Add the customer to the receipt and when you select a payment method you are prompted to apply an available reward.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" name="qbdata_midtopic_sr_30002" id="a2">Global discount (to entire sale) <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP300251488" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A global discount is applied to the subtotal, rather than to individual items. Global discounts are not "spread" across the items on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Exception:</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For tax calculation purposes, global discounts do reduce the individual item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To give a global discount:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Give Discnt.</b> The <b>Discount%</b> dialog opens.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal5"><img src="../image/SimpleView/global_discount.gif" alt="Simple View: Global discount" width="116" height="204" border="0" class="hcp9"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a discount percentage in the <b>Discount %</b> field, and click <b>Enter</b>. Point of Sale automatically calculates and enters a value in the <b>&#160;Price-Total</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Automatic Discounts and Coupons <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP299722912" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p>Automatic discounts and coupons are applied in Simple View in the same way they are applied in the regular receipt view, though it may not be apparent in the receipt item list.</p>
<p>To confirm that a discount or coupon has been applied, highlight the item and then select <span class="hcp2">Edit Item</span>. The discount percentage and discount name are displayed in the Edit Item window.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">Company Preferences: Pricing</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">Using Markdown Price Levels</a></p>
<p class="inlinenormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP301090478');
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP299757023');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP253200451');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP300251488');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP299722912');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit / Delete Items in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Edit / Delete Items in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can edit a sales receipt by editing or deleing items listed in it.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, select an item in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b> to open the <b>Edit Item</b> dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Edit the <b>Item Name</b>, <b>Item Description</b>, <b>Quantity</b>, <b>Price</b> and <b>Disc</b>ount <b>%</b> fields for the selected item. Also, select Unit of Measure and the reason for discount from <b>UOM</b> and <b>Disc. Reason</b> drop-down lists respectively.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To marks selected item as <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">return item</a>, enter a negative value in the <b>Quantity</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">The edited item details are available only in the current sales receipt, and are not reflected in the <b>Item List</b> of Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to close the dialog and return to the sales receipt form. The edited item details appear in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat Step 1 to 4 to edit other items in the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete an item:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In New Sales Receipt form of Simple View, select an item in the <b>Item List</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Delete Item</b> to delete selected item from the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note</b>:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">An item deleted from a sales receipt is still available in your <a href="../qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm"><b style="font-weight: normal;">inventory</b></a>. You can add this item to another sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">Item Information Fields</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Gift Card Returns in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Gift Card Returns in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a> <span class="hcp1"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can refund amounts for returned merchandise to a gift card. The refunded amount is added to the gift card balance (if you are using the <a href="../qbpos_gift_card_service/giftcard_oview.htm">QuickBooks POS Gift Card Service</a>).</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make gift card return:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic return procedure for adding items to a return receipt. For more information, see <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click <b>Give Change</b> and select <b>Gift Card</b> from the menu. The <span class="hcp1">Gift Card dialog</span> opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the gift card, or manually enter the card number.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale connects to the gift card service servers and updates the card balance.</p>
<ol start="4" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the return receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment Basics</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment Basics</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Intuit GoPayment lets your customers make credit and debit card payments to you - on the spot - using their mobile phones. You can process any major card, credit or debit. There's no need to write down payment information or call into your back office. Intuit GoPayment works in conjunction with Point of Sale.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; ">Manage your GoPayment Account</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">If you're the account administrator, you can manage GoPayment Service using the Merchant Service Center web site. This site lets you customize your sales receipt, add GoPayment users, reset passwords, and learn about GoPayment features. You can also review transactions, deposits, and fees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Sign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><span style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment Security</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">To protect data in transit, GoPayment adheres to online banking industry protection standards, using an https connection over SSL (Secure Socket Layer) at 128-bit encryption.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Sensitive credit card information is never permanently stored on your mobile device. When you swipe or insert cards with GoPayment, an additional layer of encryption (3DES combined with DUKPT) protects communication between your device and the card reader.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Never use an unsecured wireless network connection to process transactions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">Unsecured wireless networks are neither secure nor PCI-compliant. To meet PCI-compliance standards, a wireless network must be password-protected and feature strong encryption for authentication and transmission.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; ">GoPayment Support</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp3">To manage your account (add users, change passwords, customize receipts, and more), s</span>ign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: This site is not optimized for mobile browsers. &#160;You must be the account administrator to sign in.&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Contact GoPayment support:<br>
<span style="font-weight: normal;">1-800-558-9558</span><br>
<br>
Authorize payments by phone:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp3">- MasterCard/Visa 1- 800-228-1122<br>
- American Express 1- 800-528-2121<br>
- Discover &#160;1- 800-347-1111</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<div>
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000; text-align: right;"><span>Basic</span></p>
</div>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment FAQ</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:normal; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
li.hcp4 { list-style:none;
display:inline; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment FAQ</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">What if I experience a low signal while processing a payment?<br>
<span class="hcp2">If there's no response due to a low signal, keep GoPayment open and try moving to a better spot. If you lose your connection during a payment, try to continue where you left off. &#160;If you close GoPayment before getting a connection, you will need to re-enter all payment information.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Why can't I void a payment?<br>
<span class="hcp2">If the transaction has been submitted to the bank (batched), it cannot be voided. &#160;At that point, you or your account administrator can process a refund online using the Merchant Service Center site.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I use GoPayment to store a list products or services?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Use the Items feature &#160;to store a priced list of products or services. With Items on, you can start transactions by selecting item(s) that comprise the purchase. GoPayment uses item prices to tally the charge amount. Customers can see what they bought and you can track inventory and services.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I turn on Items?<br>
<span class="hcp2">In Settings, turn Items on. Tap Get Paid.&#160;The Items list displays.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">How do I add an item?</span><br>
From the &#160;top right of the screen tap +. Then complete the Item form.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I edit an item?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the &gt; next to the item you want to edit. Or from&#160;Settings, tap Edit Items.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I charge for an item?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the &gt; next to the item you want to add to the order.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I locate past charges?&#160;<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap History. You will see the last 25 transactions. (Payments appear in black. Voids display in red).</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I open a transaction?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Tap the transaction line. You can view transaction details, send a receipt, or void the charge.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">How do I set the sales tax?</span><br>
At the bottom of the GoPayment screen, tap Settings. In the Sales Tax field, enter the desired tax rate. Or to have GoPayment automatically calculate sales tax based on your location,click the Location-based tax rate check box. When sales tax should be applied to an item, open the item and tap its Sales Tax On button. &#160;(The sales tax you enter applies only to items). For charges that do not feature items, you'll need to calculate the tax yourself and include it in the total amount charged.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Is a customer signature required?<br>
<span class="hcp2">Getting a signature is optional. However, Intuit GoPayment lets customers sign for charges on your iPhone screen using their finger. The charge has already been processed. But in the case of a later chargeback, a signature can help verify that the customer was present and approved the charge.</span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">When does a merchant get paid?&#160;<br>
<span class="hcp2">Your GoPayment transactions are totaled each day at 3:00pm PST, and that amount normally appears in your account within 2-3 business days. However, the waiting period, known as time to funding, varies depending on a number of variables:</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">Time of day the transaction was processed;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">The bank account &#160;in which funds were deposited;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">The length of time it takes your bank to verify and process electronic deposits.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px; margin-top: 0pt;">To update your deposit account information, sign in with your GoPayment User ID and Password <span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #0000ff; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a></span>. From the web page, choose Account &gt; Account Profile.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px;"><span class="hcp3">Note</span>: This site is not optimized for mobile browsers, so you may want to use your computer's browser.</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do customers leave a tip?<br>
<span class="hcp2">First, activate the Tips feature. At the bottom of the GoPayment screen, tap Settings &gt; Turn on Tips. Once Tips is turned on, customers can leave a tip by going to the Signature screen. Once there, tap a percentage amount (which automatically calculates) or enter a dollar amount directly in the Tip field. Then tap Apply Tip.&#160;To make a change prior to leaving the Signature screen, tap Change Tip</span>.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I match a GoPayment charge in QuickBooks Desktop?<br>
<span class="hcp2">You can apply a payment to an existing invoice in QuickBooks Desktop, create an invoice for the charge, or just credit a custome</span>r.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">How do I match a charge in QuickBooks Desktop? <span class="hcp2"><br>
In QuickBooks Desktop, choose Customers &gt; Credit Card Processing Activities &gt; Get Online Payments. Then select Mobile Transactions.</span> &#160;</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">What are the requirements for my wireless network?</span><br>
If wireless is used or implemented in the payment environment or application, the wireless environment must be configured per PCI DSS version 1.2 requirements 1.2.3, 2.1.1, and 4.1.1. &#160;Wireless technology must be securely implemented and transmissions of cardholder data over wireless networks must be secure.<br>
<br>
To be PCI-compliant, wireless network administrators must:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Install and configure perimeter firewalls between wireless networks and systems that store credit card data, per PCI DSS version 1.2, 1.2.3.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Modify default wireless settings, as follows, per PCI DSS 2.1.1:</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp4">
<ul class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default encryption keys upon installation and when anyone who knows the keys leaves or changes positions.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default service set identifier (SSID).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default passwords or passphrases on access points.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Change default SNMP community strings.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Enable WiFi protected access (WPA and WPA2) technology for encryption and authentication.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Update firmware on wireless access points to support strong encryption and authentication (WPA/WPA2).</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">For wireless networks transmitting cardholder data or connected to the cardholder data environment, implement industry best practices for strong encryption of data transmission and authentication (e.g.,IEEE 802.11i).</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 43px;">All newly implemented wireless networks are prohibited from using WEP as of March 31st, 2009. For current wireless implementations, it is prohibited to use WEP after June 30, 2010.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>GoPayment Password</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
li.hcp1 { font-family:Arial, sans-serif;
margin-left:-20px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">GoPayment Password</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; line-height: normal; background-color: #eeeeee; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; background-color: #eeeeee;">Forgot your GoPayment Password?</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><br>
Ask your administrator to reset your password. When you are provided a temporary password, use it to sign in and create a new password.</p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">If you are the GoPayment administrator, you can reset passwords directly from your iPad:</p>
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto; font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><span class="hcp1">Sign in with your Administrator credentials</span> <span style="color: #0000ff; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';"><a href="https://merchantcenter.intuit.com/">here</a></span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">From the menu, choose <b class="hcp4">Account &gt; Manage GoPayment</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Locate and tap the <b style="font-weight: normal;">User ID</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Tap <b class="hcp4">Reset Password</b> and click <b class="hcp4">OK</b>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp1">
<p class="MsoNormalCxSpMiddle" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin-left: 0.75in; line-height: normal; text-indent: -0.25in; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto;"><span class="hcp1">Use your new password to sign into GoPayment on your mobile device.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><b class="hcp4"><span style="font-weight: bold; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">Note</span><span style="font-weight: normal; mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman';">:</span></b> <span class="hcp1">Passwords must contain between 6 and 25 letters, numbers or special characters, but no sequential strings like 123456. The password cannot be your User ID.</span></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Vouchers">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Go Mobile</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-family:Arial, sans-serif; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Go Mobile</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The Point of Sale Mobile Sync feature&#160;gives you the power to make sales&#160;and track your&#160;inventory using your mobile phone or&#160;tablet . Mobile Sync allows you to share your items with your mobile devices and make sales wherever and whenever you need. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Why Sync to your Phone or Tablet?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1"><br></span>Point of Sale Mobile Sync gives you the freedom to&#160;ring&#160;up&#160;credit card sales anywhere inside - or outside - of your store.</p>
<ul>
<li>With a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account and our free GoPayment app, you can make payments anywhere, anytime.</li>
<li>Start accepting payments instantly. Simply activate your payments account and you are ready to go. No application required.</li>
<li>All sales and inventory information instantly syncs with your Point of Sale software so your records are always accurate and up-to-date.</li>
<li>The Sync feature automatically records new payments as QuickBooks Sales Receipts.</li>
<li>Never miss a sale whether you are on the road, at a conference, or working a convention.</li>
<li>Long lines at the store?&#160;&#160;Provide the best in customer service by completing sales on the spot.&#160;</li>
<li>If you are a QuickBooks Desktop user, all your information automatically syncs with your QuickBooks Desktop financial program. No more entry errors from re-keying data. Plus, you'll have everything ready for tax time.<br>
<br>
<strong>Note</strong>:&#160;&#160;Intuit values your privacy and the security of your information. When using the Mobile Sync feature, your data is safely stored and securely transmitted through our servers directly to and from your mobile device. Intuit adheres to rigorous banking industry protection standards for secure data transmission.</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">To begin, get your QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1"><br></span>Before using the Mobile Sync feature, get a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account. With a QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account, you can accept all major credit and debit cards as well as add Gift Card Services to your business.</p>
<p>To start accepting credit cards in Point of Sale:</p>
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li>Launch Point of Sale.</li>
<li>From the <strong>File</strong> menu, select <strong>Setup Interview<span style="font-weight: normal;">,</span></strong> and choose the <strong>Payments</strong> tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Yes</strong> to accept credit and debit cards.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>.</li>
<li>Be sure to sign in using the User ID (email) and password that you had previously created.<br>
If&#160;there is more than one, you will be prompted to select the right account.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Introduction to Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Introduction to Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides you with <b>Simple View</b>, a simplified version of the <b style="font-weight: normal;">regular</b> sales receipt form.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Shown here is an example of the Simple View receipt form:</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><img src="../image/SimpleView/simple_view_receipt_form.gif" alt="Simple View: New Sales Receipt form" title="Simple View: New Sales Receipt form" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="602" height="452" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Using Simple View, you can perform most day-to-day sales tasks:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Ringing up a sale</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking payments</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Giving discounts</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> or <a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">exchanging Items</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="Sell_a_Gift_Card_in_Simple_View.htm">Selling gift cards</a> and <a href="Sell_a_Gift_Certificate_in_Simple_View.htm">gift certificates</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Offer customer options, such as <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust911.htm">charge accounts</a> and <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust_rewards_oview.htm">rewards program</a> (<a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Learn more</a>)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a> to understand the usage of the Simple View screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Simple View also supports a touchscreen monitor. Refer to the topic <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard</a> for details.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="Switch between regular view and Simple View"></a>To switch between regular view and Simple View:</p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you are using regular view and want to switch to Simple View, click <b>Switch to Simple View</b> on the New Sales Receipt toolbar in regular view.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal5" style="margin-left: 43px;"><img src="../image/SimpleView/switch_to_simple_view.gif" alt="regular view: Switch to Simple View" title="regular view: Switch to Simple View" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px;" width="400" height="75" border="1"></p>
<ul class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you are using Simple View and want to switch to regular view, click <b>Switch View</b> in the top-left corner of New Sales Receipt form in Simple View.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="margin-left: 43px;"><img src="../image/SimpleView/switch_to_classic_view.gif" alt="Simple View: Switch to regular view" title="Simple View: Switch to regular view" style="border: Solid 1px #000000;" width="300" height="65" border="1"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal7">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal2"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Locate a Receipt in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Reversing_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Reversing a Receipt</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Saved sales receipts are stored in your sales history. From Simple View, you can scroll through the receipts in sales history to view, print, or reverse them.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To locate a saved sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you have a receipt in progress, complete, cancel, or <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">hold</a> it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the <b style="font-weight: normal;">New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Simple View switches to Sales History mode and the last saved sales receipt in your sales history is displayed. You can now scroll through your saved receipts:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <span class="SpellE"><b>Prev</b></span> <b>Receipt</b> and see the previous sales receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <b>Next Receipt</b> to see the next sales receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <b>Print Receipt</b>. to print the currently displayed receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click <span class="hcp3">Reverse Receipt</span> to reverse the sale.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">To return from the sales history mode, click <span class="hcp3">New Receipt</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_recpt.htm">Locating a receipt in sales history in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic248.htm">History documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Making a Sale in Simple View</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
table.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp5 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp6 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc;
margin-top:0in; }
ul.hcp8 { list-style:circle; }
font.hcp9 { font-weight:bold; }
ul.hcp10 { list-style:disc; }
b.hcp11 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp12 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Making a Sale in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items</a> <span class="hcp1">| <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> | <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">Making a Sale in regular view</a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Making a sale in Simple View is similar to <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">making a sale in regular view</a> of the sales receipt form. To make a sale, you create a new sales receipt in Simple View, and record the sales transaction you perform.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To make a sale:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <b>New Sales Receipt</b> or <b>Make a Sale</b> (<a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1002.htm');" id="a7">where is it?</a>) to open a blank receipt form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(optional) If in Classic View, click <b>Switch to Simple View</b> to open the Simple View.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list, enter item information to add an item being sold. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272838525" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter items by any of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scan the bar code from the item tag</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Tap and hold the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to open a <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">virtual Keyboard</a>, or use the regular keyboard and mouse to enter the item information using any of the following methods:</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul class="hcp8">
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the item's <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">UPC</a>, <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">alternate lookup value</a>, or item number in the drop-down list and press <b>&lt;Enter&gt;</b>.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272300718" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Alternate search keywords that can be used to look up items, e.g. manufacturer, category, model etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP271928232" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A number printed below the items barcode.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the first few letters of the item's description in the drop-down list. The list of all matching items is displayed in the expanded drop-down list, with the closest match highlighted. Select an item in the list (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll to an item, and then <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to select).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">The selected item details are listed in the Item fields area.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter items by any of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scan the bar code from the item tag</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Tap and hold the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to open a <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">virtual Keyboard</a>. Alternatively, use the regular keyboard and mouse to enter the item information using any of the following methods:</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul class="hcp8">
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type the <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">UPC</a>, <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">alternate lookup value</a>, or item number of the item in the drop-down list and press <b>&lt;Enter&gt;</b>.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP272471015" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Alternate search keywords that can be used to look up items, e.g. manufacturer, category, model etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249850152" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A number printed below the items barcode.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Indent">
<p class="Help-Indent">Type first few letters of the item description in the drop-down list. The list of all matching items is displayed in the expanded drop-down list, with the closest match highlighted. Select an item in the list (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll to an item, and then press &#160;<b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to select).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">The selected item details are listed in the <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Item List area fields">Item List</a> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) Select an item listed in the Item fields and click <b>Edit Item,</b> to edit the items details if necessary. You can edit an item to change quantity, change price, give discounts, make a return, correct receipt etc<span class="GramE">..</span> See <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit an Item in Simple View</a> for more details.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat until all items are listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) In the <b>Discount%</b> field, enter a <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">global discount</a> (in percent) and then <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b>. The discount you enter is applied on the total receipt amount, and <b>Regular Price-Total</b> field displays the discounted price.</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249649989" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp4">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp5">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">A global discount is applied to the document subtotal, rather than to individual items. Global discounts are not "spread" across the items on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Exception: For tax calculation purposes, global discounts do reduce the individual item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To give a global discount:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a percentage discount in the <font class="hcp9">Disc %</font> field or an amount discount in the <font class="hcp9">Discount</font> (amount) field <font style="font-style: italic;">in the receipt totals area.</font> An entry in either field will cause Point of Sale to automatically calculate and enter a value for the other field and the document total.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/discnt_global.gif" alt="Global Discount" width="229" height="105" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) From the <b>Tax</b> drop-down list, select appropriate <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/sales_tax/basic_tax_locations.htm">Sales Tax Location</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click appropriate <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Payments area buttons">payment button</a> to open corresponding payment dialog. See <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Payment Options in Simple View</a> for details of making payments from the Simple View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take payment and give change</a>, as applicable.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> once to open the Print dialog.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Alternatively, click and hold <b>Save and Print</b> to open sub menu, and select one of the following options:</p>
<ul class="hcp10">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><b class="hcp11"><span class="hcp12">Save</span></b> <span class="hcp12">(only saving a receipt)</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><b class="hcp11"><span class="hcp12">Save and Print</span></b> <span class="hcp12">(saving and printing a receipt)</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Optional) Click <b>Preview</b> to preview the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Print</b> to record the sale and give the customer a printed receipt. Alternatively, click <b>Cancel</b> to cancel printing the receipt. The receipt is saved but not printed.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">After the receipt is saved, a new blank sales receipt is displayed, ready for the next sale.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp11">Notes</b>:</p>
<ul class="hcp10">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Apart from creating new sales receipts, you can use Simple View to create <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">returns receipts</a>, and <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">edit/cancel a receipt</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Since Simple View is a simplified version of regular view, some sales receipt fields and functions are not available in Simple View.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can switch between regular view and the Simple View any time, even while performing a sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">Making a Sale in regular view</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm#Switch between regular view and Simple View">Switching between regular view and Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP272838525');
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP271928232');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP272300718');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP249850152');
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP272471015');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP249649989');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Merchandise Exchange in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
b.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><b class="hcp1">Merchandise Exchange in Simple View</b></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a customer returns an item to exchange for another, you perform two transactions in one sales receipt: return of one item, and sale of another. Point of Sale automatically calculates any difference in item prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp1"><i style="font-style: italic;"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">To handle a merchandise exchange:</span></i></b></p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic sale procedure to add both the returned and exchange items in a sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a>. &#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the returned item in the Item Fields area, and click <b>Return Item</b>.<span>&#160;&#160;</span>The quantity of returned item appears negative on the sales receipt.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal3" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><img src="../image/SimpleView/merchandise_exchange_receipt.gif" alt="Simple View: Receipt for merchandise exchange" title="Simple View: Receipt for merchandise exchange" style="margin-left: 5px; margin-right: 5px; margin-top: 5px; margin-bottom: 5px;" width="450" height="178" border="0"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take payment or give change</a>, as applicable for any difference in the item prices.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpMiddle">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpMiddle2"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineListParagraphCxSpLast"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payment/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Mobile Sync Steps</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Mobile Sync Steps</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; margin: 4pt 6.5pt 4pt 2pt; text-indent: 1.5pt; font-weight: bold;"><span class="hcp1">Once you have your QuickBooks</span> Desktop <span class="hcp1">Payment Account, you're ready to go.&#160;&#160;Follow these steps to activate the Sync feature:</span></p>
<ol>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>From the Navigator screen, click <strong>Mobile Sync</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>Sign-in</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Enter your email and password for your Intuit Payments Account.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>Sign-in</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">If you have multiple accounts, click <strong>Select</strong> on the account you want to use.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Close</span>.&#160;The Payments screen will now show that you are connected and display your account details.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Edit settings</span> to customize your payment preferences and select the items that apply to your business.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">On the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon near the top right of your screen.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3"><span>Click <strong>View Sync Preferences</strong>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Select <strong>Sync Data</strong> and then <strong>Save</strong>. Auto Sync is now on.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To sync specific inventory items to your mobile device:</p>
<ol>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">From the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Misc and Shipping</span> section of the <span class="hcp1">Inventory Item Detail</span> screen, click the <span class="hcp1">Sync to Mobile.</span><br>
or<br>
Click the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Mobile</span> box next to the Item # on the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Item List</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp2">
<p class="hcp3">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.<br></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To complete the sync: &#160;</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From your mobile device, click the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment</span> app.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Launch the <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">GoPayment</span> app and sign in to your QuickBooks Desktop Payments Account.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Select <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Settings</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Turn on <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Items</span>.&#160;GoPayment will begin syncing with Point of Sale.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp6">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To sync more items or receipts:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Sync Now</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To view syncing activity:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Activity Log</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To view or change Sync Preferences:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">If you make any changes, click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp4">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4" style="font-weight: bold;">To turn off Syncing:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Do not Sync Data</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="hcp6">&#160;</p>
<p class="hcp4"><span style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">To change sync frequency:</span></p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">From the Navigator screen, click the cloud icon.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">View Sync Preferences</span><span class="hcp1">.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Move the slider to increase or decrease sync frequency.</p>
</li>
<li class="hcp5">
<p class="hcp6">Click <span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Save</span>.<br></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif;"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/user/IntuitQuickBooksPOS/videos">Learn more</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1015.htm">Opening the Cash Drawer</a> <span class="hcp1"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Cash sometimes needs to be removed from the cash drawer. For example, you may remove cash from the cash drawer to:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Buy office supplies</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Donate to a local charitable organization</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Pay employees tip amounts recorded on non-cash sales</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase pizza for an office party</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Have less cash on hand, for security reasons</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To record a cash drawer payout:</p>
<ol class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <span class="hcp1">Cash Payout</span>. The <span class="hcp1">Cash Payout</span> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/cash_payout_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Cash Payout dialog" title="Simple View: Cash Payout dialog" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 20px; margin-right: 20px; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" width="304" height="333" border="1"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select from or enter your name in the <span class="hcp1">Cashier</span> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Note: If the security is enabled, the name of current cashier is auto-populated in the <span class="hcp1">Cashier</span> drop-down list. In this case, you need to log in to change the cashier name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <span class="hcp1">Amount</span> field, enter the amount you are taking out from the cash drawer.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you are using QuickBooks financial software, select a QuickBooks account from the in the <font class="hcp3">Account</font> drop-down list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a comment in the <font class="hcp3">Comment</font> field. This required field is typically used to record how the cash was used or to whom it was paid.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">A <font style="font-style: italic;">Payout</font> receipt is generated and placed in the sales history. The amount of the payout is recorded as a negative amount.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1089.htm">Paying Money out of the Cash Drawer in regular view</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Receipt Elements in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
b.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
ul.hcp6 { list-style:disc; }
span.hcp7 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="color: #ffffff;">Receipt Elements in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Working with Touchscreen</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a name="Receipt_Elements_Page_Top" id="Receipt_Elements_Page_Top"></a>Refer to the table below for descriptions of each receipt element.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Fields shown in square brackets, for example <b>[Date]</b>, are <a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic309.htm');" id="a1">suggested<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a>or <a href="javascript:BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic308.htm');" id="a2">read-only<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> fields auto-filled by Point of Sale. Toggle buttons, &#160;for example <b>Hold / Unhold</b>, are used to perform two alternate functions.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="548" align="center">
<col style="width: 24.122%;">
<col style="width: 75.878%;">
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Element</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Usage</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Date]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Defaults to today's date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:147px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p><b class="hcp5">Item Lookup</b> &lt;Type/Scan item info here &gt; drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Type/scan item name, barcode, or keyword here, or look up the item in the drop-down list using any combination of the following methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Right-click to open the virtual keyboard</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Type a partial name and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to list all matching items, or</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the drop-down list arrow to list all items.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:198px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Customer Lookup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&lt;Enter customer here&gt; drop-down list</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter customer name, company name, or phone to search for matching customer or look up the customer using any combination of these methods:</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Right-click to open the virtual keyboard</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Type a partial name and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b> to list all matching customers</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the drop-down list arrow to select from your full customer list</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Click the <span class="hcp7">Add Cust</span> &#160;button from the left-side of the screen to QuickAdd a new customer while making the sale</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Available only if <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Track Customers</a> preference is turned on. <a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Learn More</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Switch View</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Switches to the regular view of the sales receipt form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Hold / Unhold</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Hold puts a receipt on hold at any time before saving. Only a single receipt can be kept on hold. Unhold takes the last held receipt off hold.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Open Drawer</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Opens the cash drawer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Cash Payout</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Records money taken out of the cash drawer for miscellaneous expenses, such as paying vendors or donating to a charity. &#160;Also records cash drops.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Sell Gift Crd</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens the <b>Gift Card</b> dialog where you can enter the amount and gift card number.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Sell Gift Crt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens the <b>Gift Certificate</b> dialog where you can enter amount and gift certificate number.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Give Discnt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens a numeric keypad to enter the global discount percentage.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">Add Cust</span> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Allows you to quickly add a new customer to your customer list while making a sale.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:26px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:43px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a name="Item List area fields"></a>I<span class="hcp7">tem List</span> area fields</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">These fields contain the detailed list of items being sold.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Item #]</span> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item number of the selected item according to the item record in the Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Item Name</span>] field</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item name of the selected item according to the item record in the Point of Sale <b>Inventory</b>. <b>Item Name</b> can be edited for individual sale, if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">[<span class="hcp7">Price</span>] field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Item unit price at the <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">active price level</a>. <b>Price</b> can be edited for individual sale, if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7">[Qty]</span> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Sales Quantity. By default, displayed <b>Qty</b> value is 1. <b>Qty</b> can be edited for individual sale if necessary.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Ext Price]</b> field</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Extended item price, calculated by multiplying <span class="hcp7" style="font-weight: bold;">Qty</span> by <span class="hcp7" style="font-weight: bold;">Price</span>. If you sell items costing a fraction of a cent, you can list a quantity and enter an extended price. Point of Sale calculates and displays the unit price.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:27px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#DFDFDF" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#DFDFDF" class="hcp3">
<p>Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Edit Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Opens <b>Edit Item</b> dialog to make changes in quantity, price etc. for the selected item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Return Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Marks the selected item as a return item by negating the quantity.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Delete Item</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Deletes the currently selected item from the receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Discount %]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Global discount percentage.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:69px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Tax]</b> drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Lists available sales tax locations. Select appropriate sales tax locations from this drop-down list. Point of Sale calculates applicable sales tax according to the selected tax location, and the calculated sales tax is added to the <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Shipping]</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Use to enter any shipping cost. The shipping cost is added to the <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Prev Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Navigates to previous receipt in the Point of Sale <b>Sales History</b>. Disabled by default and enabled only when you click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Next Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Navigates to next receipt in the Point of Sale <b>Sales History</b>. Disabled by default and enabled only when you click <b>Last Receipt</b>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:54px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Reverse Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Reverses the current receipt by creating a reversing entry.&#160;&#160;Point of Sale adds returned item quantities back to <b>Inventory</b> and total item price is refunded to the customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Last Receipt</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Switches Simple View to Sales History mode, and displays the last saved receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Close</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Closes the active sales receipt form and returns you to the Point of Sale <b>Navigator</b> home page.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Regular Price Total]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Total amount due from the customer (or to the customer in case of a return).</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Due]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Displays the difference between <b>Regular Price-Total</b> value and the amount paid by customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;"><b class="hcp5">[Change]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the amount to be given to the customer.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:27px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E0E0E0" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E0E0E0" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:67px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7"><a name="Payments area fields"></a>Payments</span> area fields</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Payments area displays various payment fields listed below. These fields are populated with the values entered in response to the respective <b>Payments</b> area button click.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Cash]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Cash Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Check]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Check Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Credit]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Credit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Debit]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Debit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Gift Card]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Gift Card</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:31px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">[Gift Cert]</b> field</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Displays the value entered in the <span class="hcp7">Gift Certificate</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" bgcolor="#E1E1E1" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Element</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" bgcolor="#E1E1E1" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Usage</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:45px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp7"><a name="Payments area buttons"></a>Payments</span> area buttons</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Payments area displays various buttons listed below. Click these buttons to open respective payment option dialogs.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Cash</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Cash Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:32px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Check</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Check Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Credit</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Credit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Debit</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Debit Card Payment</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Gift Card</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Gift Card</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Gift Cert</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to open <span class="hcp7">Gift Certificate</span> dialog.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Give Change</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to select a payment option to give change.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Clear Paymts</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click to clear current payment entry.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:28px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:39px;" class="hcp2">
<td style="width:24.122%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><b class="hcp5">Save and Print</b> button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:75.878%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Click and hold mouse button to open dialog and choose appropriate option to let you save the sales receipt, or both save and print the receipt.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="#Receipt_Elements_Page_Top">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal">&#160;</p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a2');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Returning Items in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
img.hcp3 { margin-left:5px;
margin-right:5px;
margin-top:5px;
margin-bottom:5px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Returning Items in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">Merchandise Exchange</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a> <span style="font-weight: bold;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can use Simple View to record merchandise returns as well. You can create a return receipt for returned items by using the sales receipt form. Such items are added back to the Point of Sale Inventory, and the receipt displays the amount to be refunded to the customer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b style="font-weight: bold;"><i style="font-style: italic;"><span class="hcp2">To process a merchandise return</span></i></b><b><i><span class="hcp2">:</span></i></b></p>
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the basic sale procedure for adding the returned item in a new sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm"><span class="GramE">Making</span> a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Locate the original sales receipt containing the returned items. For more information, see <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the returned item in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Return I<span>tem</span></b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Edit Item</b>, and enter a negative value in the <b>Quantity</b> field of the <b>Edit Item</b> dialog.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">For more information, see <a href="Edit_Delete_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Edit/Delete Items in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal17">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal18"><img src="../image/SimpleView/return_receipt.gif" alt="Simple View: Return receipt" title="Simple View: Return receipt" width="445" height="157" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3">&#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Give Change</b> from the <b>Payments</b> area. A menu with multiple payment options for giving change (refunding item price) to the customer appears.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select appropriate payment option and follow steps for the selected option. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments /Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal4">&#160;</p>
<p class="InlineNormal18"><img src="../image/SimpleView/refund_by_giving_change.gif" alt="Simple View: Refund by giving change" title="Simple View: Refund by giving change" width="259" height="165" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3">&#160;</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the return receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal14">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1016.htm">Merchandise Returns</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal3"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Reversing a Receipt in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
ol.hcp3 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp4 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Reversing a Receipt in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Canceling_Holding_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Canceling/Holding a Receipt</a> <span class="hcp2"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm"><img src="../image/key_icon.gif" alt="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." title="Your access to the program area to which this topic applies may be restricted. See your store manager or click the key icon to learn more about the security features in Point of Sale." style="border: none;" width="18" height="17" align="right" border="0"></a></span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Saved sales receipts cannot be deleted and editing is restricted to certain informational fields. If information other than what can be edited needs to be corrected, you can reverse the sales receipt. Reversing a sales receipt corrects your sales history, inventory quantities, and customer records.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This procedure is not recommended for processing routine <span style="text-underline: none;"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">merchandise returns</a></span> from a customer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To reverse a sales receipt:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp4">Locate the sales receipt to be reversed in the Sales History. For more information, see</span> <span class="hcp4"><a href="Locate_a_Receipt_in_Simple_View.htm">Locate a Receipt in Simple View</a>.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Reverse Receipt</b>. The <span class="hcp2">Reversing Document</span> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal13"><img src="../image/SimpleView/reversing_receipts_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Reversing receipts" title="Simple View: Reversing receipts" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="350" height="172" border="0"></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select your name from the <b>C<span>ashier</span></b> field, and click <b>OK</b>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal4">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A reversing receipt is automatically created and added to the sales history. In the sales history, a reversed receipt can be identified by the value <span style="font-style: italic;">Reversing</span> in its <span class="hcp2">Status</span> field. The original receipt is marked as &#160;<span class="hcp2">Reversed Sales Receipt #</span>&lt;receipt number&gt;, when you locate it again in Simple View.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sell a Gift Card in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
span.hcp3 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="color: #ffffff;">Selling a Gift Card in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments / Giving Change</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Gift cards are sold or recharged on sales receipts. The gift card item and sales amount are printed on the customer receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sell or recharge a gift card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, use any of these methods to add gift card to the item list:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> drop-down list to focus on it, and swipe the gift card to recharge. The gift card to be sold appears listed in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter <i>Gift Card</i> in the <b>&lt;Type/Scan item info here&gt;</b> and then press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;.</i></b> A gift card is added in the <b>Item Fields</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Sell Gift <span class="SpellE">Crd</span></b>. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter an amount and gift card number for the gift card in the <b>Amount</b> and <b>Gift Card Number</b> fields respectively.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm transaction, or <b>Cancel</b> to cancel the transaction.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat Step 1 to 4 to add more gift cards to the sales receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><span class="hcp3">You can sell up to three gift cards in a sales transaction.</span></p>
<ol start="6" class="hcp2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Add other items being sold in the same transaction to the sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm"><span class="GramE">Making</span> a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use general payment procedures to accept the amount due or give change. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</span></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="InlineNormal2">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="../qbpos_gift_card_service/giftcard_oview.htm">Gift Card Service overview</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sell a Gift Certificate in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Sell a Gift Certificate in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments / Giving Change</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A gift certificate is basically "store money" that can be used to purchase merchandise at a future date. Certificate numbers can be recorded both on gift certificate sale and future redemption for tracking purposes.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sell a gift certificate:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In <b>New Sales Receipt</b> form of Simple View, click <b>Sell Gift Crt</b>. The Gift Certificate dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the amount and certificate number for the gift certificate in the <b>Amount</b> and <b>Gift Certificate Number</b> fields.</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><span style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">Only a single gift certificate can be sold in a sales receipt.</span></p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm transaction. A gift certificate is added to the sales receipt item list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Add other items being sold in the same transaction to the sales receipt. For more information, see <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use general payment procedures to accept the amount due or give change. For more information, see <a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Taking Payments/Giving Change in Simple View</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc; margin-top: 0in;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only one gift certificate can be added to a sales receipt; either a sale or a redemption. You cannot both sell and accept a gift certificate on the same receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also sell a gift certificate after completing a sale but before saving. Click <b>Sell</b> <b>Gift <span class="SpellE"><span class="GramE">Crt</span></span></b>. You will be prompted to enter the amount and certificate number. The <b>Regular Price-Total</b> amount will change to reflect that additional payment must be taken from customer.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Taking Payments / Giving Change in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
A:visited { color:#800080; }
A:link { color:#0000ff; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal;
margin-top:0in; }
b.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp3 { font-size:10.0pt;
font-family:"Trebuchet MS"; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
img.hcp5 { margin-left:0px;
margin-right:0px;
margin-top:0px;
margin-bottom:0px; }
ul.hcp6 { list-style:square;
margin-top:0in; }
img.hcp7 { border:none;
margin-left:0px;
margin-right:0px;
margin-top:0px;
margin-bottom:0px; }
img.hcp8 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Taking Payments / Giving Change in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Making a Sale</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">| <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discounting Sales Prices</a> |</span> <a href="../qbpos_merchant_service/cardservicesoverview.htm">Merchant Services</a></p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This topic contains general instructions for taking receipt payments in Simple View. You can also learn how to take payments made by <a href="#Pay_by_Cash">cash</a>, <a href="#Pay_by_check">check</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">credit card</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Debit_Card">debit/ATM card</a>, <a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">gift certificate</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">gift card</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">After receiving payments, you can give change to the customer by <a href="#Change_by_Cash">cash</a>, <a href="#Change_by_check">check</a>, <a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">credit card</a>, <a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">gift certificate</a>, or <a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">gift card</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To take payment and give change:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When you finish <a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">adding items to a sales receipt</a>, <a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">giving discounts</a>, applying appropriate <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">sales tax</a> and <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_shipping.htm">shipping charges</a>, you can view total amount due in the <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm"><b>Regular Price</b>-<b>Total</b> field</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the total amount due is negative (refunds to the customer when <a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">returning items</a>), and you are only giving change, start at Step 5 below.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can accept the full amount by a single payment/change method, or use multiple payment/change methods.</p>
<p class="InlineNormal1">&#160;</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Payments</b> area, click appropriate <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm#Payments area buttons">payment button</a> to accept the total payable amount. The corresponding payment option dialog opens. Click on the following payment options for the steps to be followed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_Cash">Cash</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_check">Check</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Credit_Card">Credit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Debit_Card">Debit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Payment_by_Gift_Card">Gift Card</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="#Pay_by_GiftCert">Gift Certificate</a></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">After performing the steps for any of the above payment options, you return to the receipt form you are working on. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></b></p>
<p class="Help-Indent">Click two or more payment buttons one by one in the <b>Payments</b> area, and follow the corresponding payment option steps, to break up the total payable amount into different payment methods<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If change is due to the customer, the <b>Change Due</b> dialog opens, with multiple payment options to give change. Click on the following payment options to see the steps to follow:</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_Cash">Cash</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_check">Check</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_CCard">Credit</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_Gift_Card">Gift Card</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="#Change_by_GiftCert">Gift Certificate</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Once complete payment is received from the customer, and change is given to the customer (if applicable), click <b>Save and Print</b> to save and print the sales receipt.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_Cash" id="Pay_by_Cash"></a>Payment by Cash</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To receive payment by cash:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Cash</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Cash Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. In case of multiple payment methods, total payable amount is the balance amount, after part-payment made by different payment options.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the amount tended by the customer, if different from the total payable amount, in the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b> to confirm the cash payment. You return to the current sales receipt form.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_Cash" id="Change_by_Cash"></a>Change by Cash</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o give change by cash:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Cash</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. You return to the current sales receipt form and the cash drawer opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Give the appropriate change in cash to the customer.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; font-weight: bold;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS'; font-weight: bold;"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_check" id="Pay_by_check"></a>Payment by Check:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Check</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Check Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/check_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Check Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Check Payment dialog" style="border: Solid 1px #000000; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="252" height="222" border="1"></p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the check number in the <b>Enter check #</b> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="4" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.&#160;&#160;You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_check" id="Change_by_check"></a>Change by Check:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Check</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Check Change</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter check number in the <b>Enter check #</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Credit_Card" id="Payment_by_Credit_Card"></a>Payment by Credit Card</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o receive payment by credit card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Credit</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Credit Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount <span style="font-weight: normal;">field</span>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/credit_card_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Credit Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Credit Card Payment dialog" width="240" height="198" border="0" class="hcp5"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.<span>&#160;&#160;</span>The <b>Credit Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the credit card information, the <a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.10523">fraud prevention</a> information (optional), and then click <b>Authorize</b>. At next prompt, specify whether the card is present or not.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_credit_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Accept Credit Card dialog" title="Simple View: Accept Credit Card dialog" width="288" height="198" border="0" class="hcp5"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">If all of the following are true, Point of Sale will process the transaction and print the receipt without further action on your part. In this case, skip to Step 7.</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The card was swiped (rather than manually entering card information)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The transaction is authorized</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You are configured to <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">automatically save/print upon authorization</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">If any of these are <u>not</u> true, continue with the following steps.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">You will see one of the following messages:</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Authorized:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The charge has been approved. Select <b>OK</b> to close the window.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Declined:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The charge was not approved. Select <b>Cancel</b> to return to the sales receipt. Ask the customer to provide a different form of payment, or select <b>Authorize</b> to try again.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2">Referral:</b> <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_merchant_service/cardservices08.htm">Voice authorization</a> is required. The cursor is automatically placed in the <b>Authorization</b> field. Call the displayed phone number and give the operator your <b>Merchant Number</b>. Enter the authorization number the operator gives you and press <b><i>&lt;Enter&gt;</i></b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2">Failed address or card verification check:</b> The address or card verification code entered does not match the issuers records. Depending on your <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">merchant service preferences</a>, you may be allowed to continue <b>or</b> the transaction may be automatically voided.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">For more information, see <a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.10521">Address and Card Verification Results Guide.</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Wait for the receipt to print, if configured to print automatically. Ask the customer to sign the merchant copy of the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">You are returned to the current sales receipt to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the current sales receipt, the payment is reflected against the appropriate field in the <b>Payments</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/payment_methods.gif" alt="Simple View: Payment methods" title="Simple View: Payment methods" style="border: none; margin-left: 10px; margin-right: 10px; margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" width="250" height="174" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp2">Note:</b></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.15044">Using the Ingenico eNcrypt 2100 or 3070 PIN pad?.</a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_CCard" id="Change_by_CCard"></a>Change by Credit Card</b></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><b class="hcp2">T</b>o give change by credit card:</p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Credit</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Credit Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers credit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the credit card information, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">If authorization is complete, the change due is credited to customers credit card. Else, request the customer to pay by another payment method.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Debit_Card" id="Payment_by_Debit_Card"></a>Payment by Debit Card:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Debit</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Debit Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/debit_card_paymen_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Debit Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Debit Card Payment dialog" width="264" height="217" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>.&#160;&#160;The <b>Debit/ATM Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers debit card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Manual Entry.</b> Enter the debit card information, and then click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_debit_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Accept Debit Card dialog" title="Simple View: Accept Debit Card dialog" width="312" height="233" border="0" class="hcp8"></p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Ask the customer to enter debit card <b>PIN.</b> After the customer enters <b>PIN</b>, click <b>OK</b>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Ask the customer to approve the displayed total transaction amount by clicking <b>OK</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Merchant Service to obtain authorization.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">If both of the following are true, Point of Sale will process the transaction and print the receipt without further action on your part. In this case, skip to Step 5.</p>
<ul class="hcp6">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The transaction is authorized</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You are configured to <a href="../mk:@MSITStore:C:/Program Files/Intuit/Point of Sale 9.0/Help/POS_Pro.chm::/qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs03.htm">automatically save/print upon authorization</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Steps">If either of the above is not true, continue with the following step.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">You will see one of the following messages:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Authorized:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The debit has been approved. Select <b>OK</b> to close the card dialog.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Indent"><b class="hcp2"><span class="hcp3">Declined:</span></b> <span class="hcp3">The debit was not approved. Select <b>Cancel</b> to close the Debit window and return to the payment screen. Request the customer to pay by another payment method.</span></p>
<ol start="8" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Wait for the receipt to print, if configured to print automatically. Ask the customer to sign the merchant copy of the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Or</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps">You are returned to the current sales receipt to save and print the receipt.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the current sales receipt, the payment is reflected against the appropriate field in the <b>Payments</b> area.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><b class="hcp2">Note:</b></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos:/helppopup.15044">Using the Ingenico eNcrypt 2100 or 3070 PIN pad?.</a></p>
&#160; <br>&#160;
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Payment_by_Gift_Card" id="Payment_by_Gift_Card"></a>Payment by Gift Card:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Card</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Gift Card Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/gift_card_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" width="314" height="257" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers gift card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the gift card number manually, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/accept_gift_card_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Card Payment dialog" width="323" height="207" border="0" class="hcp7"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the Gift Card Service and checks the balance of the card and a confirmation message displayed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If the card balance is equal to or more than the amount due, the payment amount is deducted from the card balance and payment is complete.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp3">If the card balance is less than the amount due, the card balance is adjusted to zero and the authorized amount is auto-populated to the <b>Gift Card</b> field. Request the customer to pay the balance amount by another payment method.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_Gift_Card" id="Change_by_Gift_Card"></a>Change by Gift Card</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Card</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Gift Card</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Swipe the customers gift card.</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">Or</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;Enter the gift card number manually, and click <b>Authorize</b>.</p>
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Point of Sale connects to the gift card service servers and credit the change amount to the customers gift card.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the remaining sales transaction.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Pay_by_GiftCert" id="Pay_by_GiftCert"></a>Payment by Gift Certificate:</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Cert.</b> in the <b>Payments</b> area. The <b>Gift Certificate Payment</b> dialog opens, with the total payable amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field<b>.</b></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp3">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><img src="../image/SimpleView/gift_cert_payment_dlg.gif" alt="Simple View: Gift Certificate Payment dialog" title="Simple View: Gift Certificate Payment dialog" width="300" height="262" border="0" class="hcp8"></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the gift certificate number in <b>Enter gift certificate #</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="font-size: 10.0pt; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS';"><b class="hcp2"><a name="Change_by_GiftCert" id="Change_by_GiftCert"></a>Change by Gift Certificate</b></p>
<ol start="1" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>Gift Cert</b> in the <b>Change Due</b> dialog. The <b>Gift Certificate Selling</b> dialog opens.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Verify the amount displayed in the <b>Enter amount</b> field. If required, enter a different amount the <b>Enter amount</b> field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <b>OK</b>. You return to the current sales receipt form to complete the sales transaction.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Steps">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Returning Items in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Gift_Card_Returns_Simple_View.htm">Gift Card Returns</a></p>
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="Credit_Card_Returns_in_Simple_View.htm">Credit Card Returns</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Work with Simple View: How Do I</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<h1>Work with Simple View: How do I?</h1>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Making_a_Sale_in_Simple_View.htm">Make a Sale</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Discounting_Sales_Prices_in_Simple_View.htm">Discount Prices</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Customers_in_Simple_View.htm">Track Customers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Taking_Payments_Giving_Change_in_Simple_View.htm">Take Payments /Give Change</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Returning_Items_in_Simple_View.htm">Return Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Merchandise_Exchange_in_Simple_View.htm">Exchange Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Working_with_Touchscreen_Monitor_and_Virtual_Keyboard.htm">Use a Touchscreen or Virtual Keyboard</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
b.hcp1 { font-weight:normal; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body lang="EN-US" xml:lang="EN-US">
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Working with Touchscreen Monitor and Virtual Keyboard in Simple View</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 10.0pt;"><b class="hcp1">Simple View</b> supports a touchscreen interface. You can interact with the Simple View either by using a regular keyboard and mouse, or from a touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">To use a touchscreen monitor with <b class="hcp1">Simple View</b>, you need to install necessary hardware and configure Point of Sale. Refer to <a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs01.htm">Setting Up Hardware</a> for details.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The touchscreen interface has a virtual keyboard that appears automatically when you select/focus on a Simple View receipt field requiring data-entry. The layout of the virtual keyboard is the same as a regular keyboard. You can enter data simply by tapping the keys displayed on the touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to the table below to for regular keyboard and mouse actions, and the equivalent touchscreen actions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="378" align="center">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="font-weight: bold;">Mouse / Keyboard Action</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="InlineNormal11" style="font-weight: bold;">Touchscreen Action</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Single click field / button / drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / button / drop-down list once</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Double click field / button /drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / button / drop-down list twice (in quick succession)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Right Click field / button /drop-down list</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap and hold field / button / drop-down list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Select field / drop-down list item</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap field / drop-down list arrow</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Press keys on the keyboard</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap appropriate field on the touch screen to bring up a virtual keyboard on the touchscreen monitor.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap any alphabet &#160;/ number / special character (@, #, and so on) on the virtual keyboard, to enter the alphabet &#160;/ number / special character in selected field.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Entering numbers / special characters</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">The virtual keyboard has only alphabetic keypad visible by default.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap <b>{.123</b> on the alphabetic keypad to open the numeric keypad to enter numbers and special characters.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tap <b>ABC</b> on the numeric keypad to return to the alphabetic keypad.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:32.06%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Click and hold down a mouse button</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.94%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Tap and hold</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: You can use regular keyboard-mouse combination interchangeably with the touchscreen monitor-virtual keyboard combination, except when the virtual keyboard is available for data-entry. You must close the virtual keyboard to be able to use regular keyboard and mouse for data-entry in Simple View.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Introduction_to_Simple_View.htm">Introduction to Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="Receipt_Elements_in_Simple_View.htm">Receipt Elements in Simple View</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs01.htm">Setting Up Hardware</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>pi_pdt_scanitems</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Physical Inventory Scanner: Scanning Inventory Items</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="pi_pdt.htm">Physical Inventory Scanner: Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two scanning options when using the scanner:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan each and every unit of an item; the unit enters a quantity of one for each scan</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan one unit of an item, and then enter the counted number of units</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">In either mode, you can also manually key in an item number or UPC after selecting a scan option (if bar codes arent used or are unreadable).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="font-weight: bold;">Note: <span style="font-weight: normal;">Two models of physical inventory scanner are supported. While the procedures for using them are essentially the same, you may see slight differences in menu wording and button colors, names, or locations.</span><a href="javascript:void(0);" style="font-weight: normal;" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('pi_pdt_illustration.htm');return false;"><br>
Illustration of the CipherLabs 8000 Scanner</a><br>
<a href="javascript:void(0);" style="font-weight: normal;" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('_pi_pdt_scanitems.htm');return false;">Illustration of the Metrologic SP5500 Optimus Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scan each and every unit of an item:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn the scanner unit on.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">E</font><font class="hcp1">sc</font> repeatedly until at main menu, if not already there.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Collect Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Scan B</font><font class="hcp1">arcode</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Hold the scanner at a slight angle so that you see the red reflection from the infrared light on the bar code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press the yellow/orange button to scan the item bar code (or manually enter the item number or UPC and then press either <span class="hcp2">Enter</span> button).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A beep confirms a successful scan and a quantity of "1" is assigned to the scan. The unit is immediately ready for the next scan.</p>
<ol start="7">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat until all units have been scanned, for all items being counted.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scan one unit and enter item count:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn the scanner unit on.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">E</font><font class="hcp1">sc</font> repeatedly until at main menu, if not already there.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Collect Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Scan &amp; Enter Qty</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Scan the bar code on one unit of the item you are counting. A beep confirms a successful scan.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">User the keypad to enter the total number of units counted for the scanned item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp2">Enter</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat for all items.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Next Step</font>: <a href="pi_pdt_retrievescans.htm">Upload</a> the scanned data to Point of Sale</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="pi_pdt_scanitems.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="pi_countUOM.htm">Counting Items with multiple units of measure</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="pi_pdt_reviewscansonpdt.htm">Viewing, editing or deleting a scan on the scanner</a></p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div><script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a2');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>about_the_security_administrator</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe8; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">About the Security System Administrator</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; orphans: 2; widows: 2; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline ! important ; float: none;">popup topic has been hidden</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">Initially, one user, called the Security System Administrator (<span class="hcp1">Sysadmin</span>), is defined for you. This system user has access to all program areas and data and cannot be deleted. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin: 4pt 6.5pt 0pt 2pt; text-align: left; font-family: Arial; color: #000000; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; font-size: 9pt;">Only the System Administrator user can add or delete employees, turn on/off the requirement to log in to use the program, and change passwords for other employees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin: 4pt 6.5pt 0pt 2pt; text-align: left; font-family: Arial; color: #000000; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; font-size: 9pt;">To initially login to Point of Sale as the System Administrator, enter or select <span class="hcp1">Sysadmin</span> as the user and leave the password field blank.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To prevent unauthorized access to the program and security settings, it is strongly suggested that you change the password for the Sysadmin user immediately after accessing the Employees &amp; Security area for the first time. Write your password down and store it in a secure place.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Manual Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Manual Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day Backups</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup_automatic.htm">Automatic Backups</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: This feature is available only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Manual backups can be initiated at any time. If backing up to removable media, put the blank, formatted media in the drive before beginning.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp2">B</span><font class="hcp1">ack Up Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the backup location and options:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To use the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default folder and file name</a>, select <span class="hcp2">Back up to d</span><font class="hcp1">efault location</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To back up to a another location or to removable media, select <span class="hcp2">Back up to alternate <font class="hcp1">location</font></span> and then enter the path or browse to the folder or drive and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Optionally select the check box to include inventory item pictures in the backup. Doing so may result in a substantially larger backup time or file size.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale will verify the integrity of your data and perform the backup to the designated location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your data files may require multiple disks to successfully complete a backup, especially if backing up to 3.5" floppy disks. You should have several blank, formatted disks available just in case.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_pos.htm">Working with your POS Company Data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup03.htm">Back up to removable media</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Restore from a Data Backup</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Restore from a Data Backup</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a> <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default backup location</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If it becomes necessary to recover from data loss, your company data can be easily restored from a previously made backup.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data can be restored only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To restore data:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp1">Company Operations</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the dialog displayed, select <span class="hcp1">R</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">estore from backup</font> and click <span class="hcp1">Next.</span></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select from one of the backup files in the <span class="hcp1">default backup location</span> (each file has a date/time stamp). The most recent backup made is at the top of the list. &#160;Typically, this is the backup file from which you will want to restore.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent" style="font-weight: bold;">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">Select <span class="hcp1">Browse &#160;to alternate backup file</span> and then enter the path or browse to the location of the backup file.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp1">Next</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale will uncompress and copy the backup file to your working folder. You will be prompted to insert sequential restore disks if required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_strategy.htm">Implement a comprehensive data protection strategy</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_cleanup.htm">Clean up your company data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Back Up to Removable Media</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Back Up to Removable Media</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backing up to <a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('Any data storage device not permanently attached to your computer, such as disks, tapes, CDs, DVDs, cartridges, zip drives, and flash/thumb drives.','Arial,10',30,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)" style="color: #008000;">removable media</a> ensures that your data is protected even if harm comes to your computer system. Even greater protection is gained by storing the removable media at a site other than where the computer is located.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data backups can be done only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To manually back up your data to removable media:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu on the Server Workstation, select <span class="hcp1">B</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">ack Up Data</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Backup to an alternate location</span> on the Backup dialog.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Place the removable media into the appropriate drive or port.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Your data files may require multiple disks to successfully complete a backup, especially if backing up to floppy disks. You should have several blank, formatted disks available.</p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Browse or enter the path to the drive or port and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If you use inventory item pictures and want to include them in the backup, select the check box for doing so. &#160;This may substantially increase the backup time and file size.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp1">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Point of Sale will perform the backup to the designated location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">We recommend rotating your backup media so that you always have two or more generations of backups.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Backing up to removable media can also be done as part of the <a href="backup04.htm">End of Day procedure.</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore data overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Backups at End of Day</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Back up Data at End of Day</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The End of Day procedure includes an option to back up your data.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: To include a data backup, the End of Day procedure must be run from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To back up data as part of End of Day procedure:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Point of Sale menu, select <span class="hcp2">E</span><font class="hcp1">nd</font> <font class="hcp1">of</font> <span class="hcp2">D</span><font class="hcp1">ay Procedure</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the check box to <font class="hcp1">Back up your company data</font> and specify to the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default location</a> or to an alternate location.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If backing up to removable media, place blank formatted media in the appropriate drive.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If using an alternate location, enter the path or browse to the alternate location and enter a file name.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Select the check box if you want to include inventory item pictures in the backup. Doing so may substantially increase backup time or file size.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify other End of Day options, as needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you have <a href="backup_automatic.htm">scheduled</a> your backups, the next scheduled time is displayed On the End of Day window for reference.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks Desktop financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup/restore overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Schedule Third-party, Automated Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Schedule Third-party, Automated Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Some Point of Sale users prefer to backup their Point of Sale data as part of a larger network backup. Typically, these backups are automated, using a third-party application that creates and copies the backup file to another networked computer, to a tape drive, or to an online backup service.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you wish to include your Point of Sale data in a third-party backup, you will need to first shut down the Point of Sale Database Manager service. This Windows service runs on your Point of Sale <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a> and controls access to the Point of Sale data. Third-party applications cannot access the data if the Database Manager is running.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Warning"><img src="../image/warning_icon_small.gif" alt="Warning" title="Warning" width="24" height="25" border="0" class="hcp1"> <span>&#160;</span><span style="font-weight: bold; ">Warning:</span> This procedure applies to the use of a third-party, automated backup application running outside of Point of Sale. It does not apply to, and may interfere with, <a href="backup_automatic.htm">scheduled backups within Point of Sale</a>. Ensure that Client workstations have exited Point of Sale before shutting down the Database Manager. Any unsaved work will be lost and all workstations will be automatically disconnected from the data with this procedure.<br>
<br>
This procedure is provided as a convenience and is recommended only for advanced users with an understanding of their Windows operating system, the use of batch files, and of the third-party application being used. Intuit does not provide support for third-party applications or for Windows features. Consult a qualified computer consultant if you need additional assistance with this procedure.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Click a link for more information:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How it works <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343486987" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">You'll create two batch files; one to stop the Point of Sale Database Manager service and the other to restart it. You then use the Windows <span class="hcp5">Scheduled Tasks</span> manager to schedule the batch files to run, with time in between them for your third-party application to complete its backup routine.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If the backup is to occur when the computer is unattended, such as overnight, complete and save all Point of Sale activities and close Point of Sale, but leave the Server Workstation powered on.</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Multi-Store Note</span>: If you are also scheduling Store Exchanges to occur overnight, you must leave Point of Sale running on the Server Workstation. Schedule the Store Exchange to complete before the first batch file is scheduled to shut down the Database Manager. The connection to the database from the server will be lost and Point of Sale will have to be restarted to restore it in the morning.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Create the batch files <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343411041" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">Use Notepad or another text editor to create the two batch files. Save the files anywhere on the Server Workstation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Save the first batch file with a name like <span class="hcp5">QBPOS_DBMgr_STOP.bat</span> and include the following two lines:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">@echo off</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">net stop "QBPOS Database Manager v7"</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Save the second batch file with a name like <span class="hcp5">QBPOS_DBMgr_START.bat</span> and include the following two lines:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">@echo off</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">net start "QBPOS Database Manager v7"</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Note</span>: If you prefer, do not create a batch file to restart the Database Manager and it will be automatically restarted when Point of Sale is next launched on the Server Workstation.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Schedule the tasks <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP343410632" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Windows Control Panel, select <span class="hcp5">Scheduled Tasks</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp5">Add Scheduled Task</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When the wizard asks you to select a program to run, browse to the STOP batch file you created and enter the frequency (daily, weekly, etc.) and time to stop the service.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat for the START batch file. Allow enough time for your third-party application to complete its backup.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp5">Test the tasks</span>: Right-click on the task in the scheduler and select <span class="hcp5">Run</span>. If you bring up the Windows Services window you will be able to observe that the task has stopped/started when you refresh the window.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Refer to your third-party application's documentation for information about scheduling it to run at the desired time.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp5">Note</span>: If you are on a network domain, you may need to enter a Windows username and password when scheduling the tasks. Enter a user with Administrator privileges or the task may not run.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP343486987');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP343411041');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP343410632');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Automatic and Scheduled Data Backups</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Automatic and Scheduled Data Backups</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font style="font-weight: bold;" color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restoring a Backup</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, your company data is automatically backed up once each day when the Server Workstation exits Point of Sale. If you prefer or if you don't exit Point of Sale each day, you may want to schedule the backup to be made at a specific time each day instead, such as during the night when your computer is otherwise not being used.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To change to a scheduled backup:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp2">Preferences &gt; Company</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the Data Safeguard section of the General page, select the check box for <span class="hcp2">Every Day at</span> and specify a time.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Optionally, change the location for the backup file.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent"><a href="backup_filenames.htm">Learn about default backup locations and file names</a></p>
<ol start="4" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If you use <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm">item pictures</a>, specify whether they should be included in the backup.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp2">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Important Note</span>: Point of Sale must be running on the Server Workstation at the scheduled time and, if logins are required, a user with adequate rights must be logged in. &#160;We strongly recommend you <a href="qbpos:helppopup.7487">lock<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a> your computer if it will be unattended at the scheduled time.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backups to the default location (automatic, scheduled, or manual) afford a degree of protection; however, If your working data and backup files are on the same hard drive, both could be lost in the event of a major hard disk problem, natural disaster, fire, or theft.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">For these reasons, we strongly recommend making periodic <a href="backup01.htm">manual backups</a> to an alternate location, preferably to removable media which is stored off-site. In the event of a computer failure or disaster, you will be very happy that you followed a vigorous backup routine including each of these components.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale maintains ten generations of your backup files made to the default location and date/time stamps each one. When an 11th backup is performed the first backup file is deleted.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Remember that daily automatic backups are made only if the Server Workstation exits the program.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">As an additional precaution, Point of Sale creates backups before running certain other data-related tasks, such as the <a href="companydata_cleanup.htm">Clean Up Company Data</a> utility and the <a href="../qbposimp/data_import_using.htm">Data Import Wizard</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup04.htm">End of Day backups</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_3rdparty.htm">Scheduling third-party backup applications</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Default Backup File Names and Location</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Default Backup File Names and Location</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="backup02.htm">Restoring Your Data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, Point of Sale creates backup files named as shown below and places them in the indicated locations. If you make manual or scheduled backups, you can change both the location and file name to meets your needs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: In a multi-workstation configuration, data backups can be made only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;">Backups to Default Location</p>
<p class="Help-Text">All routine <a href="backup_automatic.htm">automatic, scheduled</a>, and <a href="backup01.htm">manual</a> backups to the default location are named in this format and placed in this folder. If you need to restore your data from a backup, these files are listed in the restore dialog by date, allowing you to easily find the backup you need.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">File name format:</span> &#160;yyyymmdd0001.qpb</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">This file name represents a date plus a sequential counter:</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">yyyy &#160;= &#160;year, mm&#160;=&#160;month, dd &#160;=&#160;day, 0001&#160;=&#160;sequential backup number for the day</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">qpb &#160;=&#160;the file extension for Point of Sale data files.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Location:</span> Server Workstation in the following folder:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Windows XP</span>: C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Shared Documents\ Intuit\ Point of Sale n.n\Data\&lt;your company file name&gt;\Backup</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Windows Vista: <span style="font-weight: normal;">C:\Users\Public\Public Documents\ Intuit\ Point of Sale n.n\Data\&lt;your company file name&gt;\Backup</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">where n.n = Point of Sale version number</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;"><span style="background-color: #e2e2e2;">Backups to an Alternate Location</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Backups to an alternate location use the custom file name and location you specify when making the backup. You will need to browse to the same location to restore from these backups.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2" style="background-color: #e2e2e2;"><span>Special Data Backups</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Special backups include those made when performing certain data-related tasks, such as when installing a program update, running the Clean Up Company Data utility, or importing data.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">These backup files are named in the same format as your other backups made in the default folder (see above), but are stored in sub-folders of the default folder, one sub-folder for each task.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Not sure where your Point of Sale data is stored?</span> &#160;Open Point of Sale, and then from the File menu, select <span class="hcp1">Utilities &gt; Browse to Data</span>. A Windows Explorer window opens to the location of data folder.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup02.htm">Restore Your Data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Implement a Comprehensive Data Protection Strategy</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
var chmfilefullname = "";
var chmfilename = "";
var chmfilepath = "";
var chmfilepage = "";
getchmfile();
function getchmfile(){
var ra, sl, a, X, Y, Z;
ra = /:/;
a = location.href.search(ra);
sl = "::";
Y = location.href.lastIndexOf(sl);
if (a==4) {
Y = location.href.lastIndexOf("/");
chmfilepage = unescape(location.href.substring(Y+1));
if (location.href.substring(0,4) == "file") {
chmfilepath = unescape(location.href.substring(8, Y+1));
}
} else {
if (a == 2) X = 14;
if (a == 7) X = 7;
chmfilefullname = unescape(location.href.substring(X, Y));
Z = chmfilefullname.lastIndexOf("\\");
chmfilepath = unescape(chmfilefullname.substring(0, Z+1));
chmfilename = unescape(chmfilefullname.substring(Z+1));
chmfilepage = unescape(location.href.substring(Y+3));
}
}
//]]>
</script>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Implement a Comprehensive Data Protection Strategy</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="companydata_pos.htm">Data Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup and Restore Data</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_data_connection.htm">Troubleshoot</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The data you accumulate in your business is extremely valuable. Keeping it safe should be a top priority. Point of Sale provides several methods to help you protect your data:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">By requiring employee logins and assigning security rights you can limit access to your data and program features. <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Changes that affect your inventory value (cost and quantity) are automatically tracked on transactional documents and adjustment memos, creating an audit "trail." <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">Learn more</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="backupoverview.htm">Backup</a> copies of your company data can be made each time you run the End of Day procedure, automatically once each day when the Server Workstation exits the software, or at any scheduled time you specify. Additional protection can be gained by following a regular <a href="backup01.htm">manual backup routine</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your data files are automatically checked for integrity and repaired if necessary as backups are made. This procedure is automatic and no user action is necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text">If you use the QuickBooks Desktop POS Merchant Service to process credit and debit card transactions, you must take measures beyond the general recommendations listed below to protect your customer's card information. Refer to the electronic <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/POSPCIGuide.pdf">Implementation Guide</a> for assistance in using Point of Sale within an overall system that meets the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard (DSS)</span> requirements.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">General System and Network Protection</p>
<p class="Help-Text">While the steps above are intended to protect your Point of Sale data, you should also be concerned about general system protection. Here are several more suggestions for protecting your data and the systems on your company network.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Require password logins</font> Assign a unique username and password to each person in your company using Point of Sale. Each employee should have a unique user name and password for Windows and for Point of Sale. Point of Sale, like any Windows application, relies on security features within Windows. These features are most effective when each user on the system can be accounted for. With password protection set, access to your company file can only be granted with the assigned passwords. If you share your data file with an accountant or other business advisor, assign user names and passwords to them as well.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Restrict Security Rights</font> Configure Point of Sale security rights appropriate for your business and the needs of your employees to access specific features and data. Point of Sale comes with four default security groups (sets of rights) and you can create custom groups as needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install and use anti-virus software</font> and keep it up to date!</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install a network-based or PC-based firewall </font> If you install a firewall on your Internet connection, you can reduce the likelihood that uninvited persons will use the Internet to access systems on your network. Firewall products will help you to ensure that your computers only conduct the traffic you allow. Most major brands of anti-virus software also offer firewalls. Firewalls may have to be configured to allow Point of Sale to communicate between workstations on a network.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Use Windows security and Windows Update</font> To obtain and install the latest security updates for your computer. Find out more about Windows security and Windows Update services from Microsoft at <a title="This is not an Intuit site and is subject to change." href="http://www.microsoft.com/security/">http://www.microsoft.com/security/</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Backup your data frequently</font> Keep backups of your data file in a safe location, preferably off-site. Keep your backups in a fireproof safe, or at a business records management facility.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Install a UPS</font> A UPS (uninterruptible power supply) helps ensure data integrity in the event of a sudden power loss by providing a few critical minutes of backup power in which you can complete and save in-progress transactions. Without a UPS, these transactions are usually lost and, as with any software, the data file can become corrupt if disk-write operations were in progress when the power was lost. We recommend a UPS on each Point of Sale workstation, but most importantly on the Server Workstation which stores your data.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Restart your computer at least a couple times a week</font>. Restarting or "rebooting" is how your computer cleans up the bits and pieces (i.e., files) of applications and data that inevitably get stranded in its memory and temporary file locations over time. Left to accumulate, these files eventually can cause conflicts as applications compete for your computers resources. Restarting occasionally wipes the slate clean and helps resolve these conflicts. We also recommend completely shutting down your computer at least once per week or anytime you are having hardware-related issues (leave it off for at least 15 seconds before powering on again).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
var Name1="POSPCIGuide.pdf";
document.write('<OBJECT');
document.write(' CLASSID="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11"');
document.write(' ID="UniqueId1" TYPE="application/x-oleobject">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Command" VALUE="Shortcut">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Font" VALUE="MS Sans Serif,8,0,,">');
document.write(' <PARAM NAME="Item1" VALUE=",'+chmfilepath+Name1+',">');
document.write('<\/OBJECT>');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Back up/restore">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Backing Up Your Company Data</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Backing Up Your Company Data</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a source="shell" href="databackup_hdi.htm">How do I?</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup02.htm">Restore from a Backup</a> <font color="#C0C0C0" class="hcp1">|</font> <a href="backup_strategy.htm">Data Protection Strategy</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Data backups can be done only from the <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_wstypes.htm">Server Workstation</a>. There is no need to do backups on client workstations.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The data that you gather during day-to-day business operations is invaluable and must be protected. Power failure, media defects, disgruntled employees, or hardware problems can corrupt or destroy your company information. Backing up your data on a regular basis enables you to recover from such events as quickly and painlessly as possible. Failure to do so puts your entire business at risk.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides several backup and restore features:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">An <a href="backup_automatic.htm">automatic backup</a> is made once a day when the Server Workstation exits the program or at a specific time that you schedule; the most recent ten backup files are maintained</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Backups are also made or suggested by Point of Sale anytime you run certain data-related tasks, such as when installing program updates, running the Clean Up Data utility, or importing data</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You have the option to include making a backup in your <a href="backup04.htm">End of Day</a> procedure and the ability to make <a href="backup01.htm">manual backups</a> at anytime to the <a href="backup_filenames.htm">default</a> or an alternate location</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If necessary, you can <a href="backup02.htm">restore</a> your company data from any available backup file; Point of Sale will automatically suggest the most recent backup to the default location for the restore</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) You can optionally include <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm">item pictures</a> in your backup (will increase backup time and file size)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">For maximum protection, it is recommended that you do regular backups to removable media that you store off-site.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you create a backup while other workstations are still using Point of Sale, only those transactions that have been updated (saved) are included in the backup file. We recommend that all workstations complete and save any pending transactions before a backup is made.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">It is important to note that Point of Sale only backs up your Point of Sale data. Therefore, it should serve as only one component of a comprehensive <a href="backup_strategy.htm">data protection strategy</a>. You must take separate action to back up other important information for your business (QuickBooks Desktop financial software records, payroll records, other applications, etc.).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_03">Security rights for back up/restore</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_filenames.htm">Backup file names and location</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="backup_3rdparty.htm">Scheduling third-party backup applications</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Log In/Out</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Log In/Out</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="secadminoverview.htm">Employee &amp; Security Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Log In/Out Preferences</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees can be required to log in/out of Point of Sale to provide both security and accountability. Login names and passwords are initially defined by the <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('about_the_security_administrator.html');return false;">System Administrator<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a>, as are the security rights assigned to each employee.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To access the Log In/Out dialog:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can access the Log In/Out dialog in any of these ways:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Upon program startup, if <a href="secadmin08.htm">requiring user logins</a>, the Log In dialog is automatically displayed</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click the small arrow adjacent to the logged-in employee's name, and then click <font class="hcp2">Log In/Log Out</font> from the drop-down menu<img src="../image/loggedin_employee.gif" alt="Logged-in employee" title="Logged-in employee" width="149" height="48" align="left" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To log in:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select your user name from the drop-down list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter your password in the <font class="hcp2">Password</font> field. (<font style="font-style: italic;">Passwords are</font> <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_casesensitive">case-sensitive</a>.)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <font class="hcp2">Log In</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The name of the logged-in user is displayed at the top of most Point of Sale screens and is auto-filled into the <font class="hcp2">Associate</font> and <font class="hcp2">Cashier</font> fields on documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To log out:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Access the Log In/Out dialog as described above.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">click <font class="hcp2">Log Out</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp2">Notes:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To log in/out, the <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Require users to sign in</a> preference must be enabled by the <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_sysadmin">System Administrator.<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Optionally, you can enable <a href="basic_autologout.htm">automatic security logouts</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A logged-in employee does not have to log out before a second employee logs in. The second employees login will automatically log out the first employee. This feature saves time if it is necessary for an employee with higher security rights to log in to complete an action that the first employee cannot.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <a href="secadmin_mgr_override.htm">Manager Override</a> login dialog may be automatically displayed if the current user does not have security rights to complete a selected action.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic210.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="secadmin02.htm">Add employees &amp; define security</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Use UPCs in Point of Sale</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-size:10pt; }
ul.hcp3 { list-style:disc; }
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp5 { border-top:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
td.hcp6 { border-left:Solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
td.hcp7 { border-right:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
border-bottom:solid 0.1pt #dddddd;
padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp8 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Use UPCs in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic254.htm">Bar Codes &amp; Scanners</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item Identifiers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Some merchandise comes from the vendor pre-tagged with UPC (Universal Product Code) bar codes. If you record those UPCs in inventory, you can scan the UPC bar codes to list the items on documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on an item record can be used to record UPC-E, UPC-A, EAN, or similar identifiers up to 18 digits. Point of Sale will convert UPC formats of less than 13 digits (such as UPC-A and UPC-E) to a 13-digit form using a standard conversion algorithm.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Every UPC # recorded must be unique and contain only numbers. UPCs can be entered on an items record by any of the three methods described below.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><font size="2" class="hcp2">Important Note</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font size="2" class="hcp2">Bar codes created in Point of Sale are based on the item numbers, not the UPC.</font> Do not scan a Point of Sale-created item number bar code into the item UPC field. Likewise, if a vendor provides alphanumeric bar codes that are not true UPC codes, do not enter those codes into the UPC field. UPC codes have a required format, and other code formats are not accepted. Consider using the <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate Lookup</a> field for these codes instead.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) You can use the <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a> to customize your tags to print the UPC bar code if you prefer.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To record UPCs in inventory:</p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 1: Scanning</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">UPC #s can be efficiently and accurately entered by scanning in the UPC bar code on the manufacturer's label. Position the cursor in the <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on the item record and scan the tag.</p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 2: Manual Entry</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">Refer to the selections below in making manual UPC entries.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table style="border-left-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-top-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-collapse: separate; border-collapse: separate;" cellspacing="0" width="378" align="center" border="1">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="border: solid 0.1pt #dddddd; width: 20.63%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Type of code</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1"># of digits</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">If you enter...</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Point of Sale will...</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">UPC-E</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">6</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all 6 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">expand those 6 to a 13-digit form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">UPC-A</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">12</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">the first 11 digits</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp8">Example:</font> 12345612345</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text">all 12 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">add the 12th digit (checksum) &amp; leading zero</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp8">Example:</font> 0123456123458</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
&#160;
<p class="Help-Text">add the leading zero</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">EAN</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all 13 digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">add nothing</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Other</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">&lt;13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">expand the entry to a 13-digit form, if necessary</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:20.63%;" class="hcp6">
<p class="Help-Text">Other</p>
</td>
<td style="width:17.46%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">&gt;13</p>
</td>
<td style="width:22.22%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">all digits</p>
</td>
<td style="width:39.68%;" class="hcp7">
<p class="Help-Text">no change (note: this ability is to support future UPC technologies)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font size="2" class="hcp2">When an item with a defined UPC is listed on a receipt, voucher, memo, or slip, the UPC is recorded on the document. Thus, merchandise can be filtered by UPC when running history reports even if the item has been deleted from inventory.</font></p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Method 3: Transfer from Documents</font></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><font size="2" class="hcp2">If you enter a UPC code on a purchase order or receiving voucher, and that UPC code is not already entered in the item record in inventory, Point of Sale will populate the</font> <font style="font-weight: bold;" size="2">UPC</font> <font size="2" class="hcp2">field in inventory with your entry.</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic219.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item identifiers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate lookups</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Price Markdowns and Discounts: Priority and Conflicts</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
table.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp5 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp6 { font-style:italic; }
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc; }
td.hcp8 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px;
border-top-style:Solid;
border-top-width:1px;
border-right-width:1px;
border-right-style:Solid;
border-bottom-style:Solid;
border-bottom-width:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Price Markdowns and Discounts: Priority and Conflicts</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">Customer Discounts</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1033.htm">Giving Discounts on Sales</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are several ways for you to offer different prices and discounts on sales. Click a link for a brief description of each option.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Pricing Options</span> (these are not discounts)</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Regular Price <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279138467" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p>This is the everyday retail price you charge, with no price reductions or discounts.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Markdown Price Levels <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP281498530" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Markdown <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_pricelevels">price levels</a> allow you to offer different prices for different needs or for different customer groups. For example, you may offer different prices to employees or when selling items at wholesale prices.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The price at each price level is a markdown (or markup) from your regular price. The price level being used on a sale is called the <span class="hcp6">active price level</span>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">manually change</a> the price level on a sale. You can also assign a price level to a customer so that it is automatically active on sales to that customer. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Charging a different price via a price level is not considered giving a discount and is not reported as a discount on receipts or reports. Likewise, using a markdown price level on a sale does not affect your ability to give any other discount on the sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Discount Options</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Manual Item Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP263433751" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">A manual item discount applies to a specific line item being sold and is always given against the <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">active price level</a> for the item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Defining your manual item discount names in Price Manager makes them available to select on the receipt when you give an item discount.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Global Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP286415075" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A global discount is manually applied to the receipt or customer order subtotal, rather than to line items.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A global discount is not "spread" across the items on the document (except for purposes of calculating sales tax amounts for each item).</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1033.htm">Learn more about global discounts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">Customer Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP263275157" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Basic</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A specified percentage off associated with a <a href="../qbpos_customers/cust907.htm">customer record</a>. Suggested on all sales to the customer, but can be applied or not at your discretion.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Customer discounts are applied to all items being sold and are always given against the <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">active price level</a> on the receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Customer Rewards <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP280656473" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Customer rewards give discounts given to your loyal customers based on how much they purchase. You are alerted when a customer reward is available and can apply it to the current sale at your discretion.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Depending on how you have set up your program, a customer reward can be applied as either an item (% off) or a global ($ off) discount. Additional information on redeeming customer rewards is given below.</p>
<p class="Help-Bulleted">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a7">Automatic Discounts <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279002349" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; color: #800000;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Set up in Price Manager, these discounts are automatically applied to qualifying item sales. Typically these discounts apply only to selected items during a specified time period, and may require a quantity purchase (e.g., Buy 3 and Get 20% Off).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;Automatic discounts are always applied as item discounts against the active price level.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pm_discount_pricing.htm">Learn more about automatic discounts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a12">Coupons <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP278949939" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp3">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #800000; text-align: right;">Pro</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Set up in Price Manager and issued to customers, coupons are automatically applied to qualifying items when scanned or entered on a receipt. Typically, a coupon applies only to selected items during a specified time period.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;Coupon discounts are always applied as item discounts against the active price level.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pm_coupons_oview.htm">Learn more about coupons</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Discount Priority and Conflicts</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use care if you use more than one of the discount options or you could run into situations where the combination of customer and items on the sale qualify for more than one discount, resulting in a discount "conflict."</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In some cases, such as customer-associated discounts and customer rewards, you are prompted to apply the discount (or not) and have some control over conflicts by the choice you make. When a conflict does occur, Point of Sale follows these rules to apply the discounts.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Basic Rules</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only one discount can be applied to any single item on a sale (there is no "stacking" of item discounts) :</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a manual item discount is given after another discount has already been given to the same item (customer discount, % off customer reward, automatic, coupon, or another manual discount), the new manual discount overrides the original discount.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a customer discount, % off customer reward, or coupon is applied after a manual or automatic discount, Point of Sale will compare the two and give the better discount (lower price) to the customer. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a10">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP264620994" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>A customer has a 15% discount defined on his customer record. He comes in and purchases an item that is also in an active automatic discount for 10% off.</p>
<p>If you choose to apply the customer discount when prompted, the customer's normal 15% off discount will be applied to the sale because it gives the customer the better price.</p>
<p>If the Price Manager discount had exceeded the customer's normal discount, it would have been applied instead.</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Note:</span> If you choose not to apply the customer discount when prompted, then the Price Manager discount would be applied no matter the percentage.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The active price level generally has no effect on item discounts; discounts are taken off of whatever the active price level is. Exceptions:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after applying a manual item discount, you are asked if you want to apply the price level change to the previously discounted items. If you answer yes, the price level is applied and the manual discount removed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after a customer discount is applied, the discount is recalculated relative to the new price level.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change price levels after an automatic discount is applied, the discount is still applied to the new price level ONLY if you specified the price level as eligible for the discount when setting it up in Price Manager.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Conflicts between two automatic discounts are resolved as described further below.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Global discounts and $ off customer rewards, neither of which are item discounts, can be given in addition to any item discounts you have given. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a11">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP282960451" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top; left: 0px; top: 0px;" cellspacing="0" width="334" bgcolor="#FFFFE1">
<col width="334">
<tr class="hcp4">
<td width="334" class="hcp8">
<p>You make a sale of two items, applying a manual discount of 10% &#160;to one of the items.</p>
<p>You also then choose to apply a 10% global discount. The global discount is applied to the receipt subtotal, &#160;further discounting the entire sale.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Automatic Discount Rules (Pro)</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If an item is included in more than one active automatic discount, only one of the discounts will be applied:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scheduled discounts take priority over nonscheduled discounts. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a8">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279252237" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>You have an item in one active discount at 20% off with no scheduled dates. The same item is in a second discount scheduled for this weekend at 15% off.</p>
<p>When sold this weekend, the 15 % off scheduled discount takes priority and is applied, even though a larger discount is also defined for the item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Among two active scheduled discounts, the latest start date takes priority. &#160;<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a9">Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP265643489" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFE1" class="hcp3">
<col>
<tr class="hcp4">
<td class="hcp8">
<p>You have the same item in two active scheduled discounts with overlapping dates:</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Discount 1</span>: Gives 10% off and the scheduled start date was one week ago.</p>
<p><span class="hcp1">Discount 2</span>: Gives 15% off and the scheduled start date was yesterday.</p>
<p>The second discount for 15% off will be applied to the sale because of the later start date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div></li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Customer Reward Discount Rules (Pro)</p>
<ul class="hcp7">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You are prompted to apply an available reward when you select <span class="hcp1">Take Payment</span> on a receipt. If you choose to apply the reward:</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If it is a percentage off reward, and other item discounts are already given, the "best discount" (item by item) is applied. If the reward discount does not "win" for any sale items, the reward is preserved for a future sale.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If it is a dollar off reward (amount), it is added as a separate line item and functions in the same manner as a global discount, that is, is in addition to any item discounts given.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: circle;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <span class="hcp1">Discount Name</span> is auto-filled with <span class="hcp6">Reward</span>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust_rewards_oview.htm">Learn more about customer rewards</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP279138467');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP281498530');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP263433751');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP286415075');
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP263275157');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP280656473');
TextPopupInit('a7','POPUP279002349');
TextPopupInit('a12','POPUP278949939');
TextPopupInit('a10','POPUP264620994');
TextPopupInit('a11','POPUP282960451');
TextPopupInit('a8','POPUP279252237');
TextPopupInit('a9','POPUP265643489');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sales Tax Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Sales Tax Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <font style="font-weight: bold;" color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/help_taxfaq.htm">Tax FAQs</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP251273177" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p><a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">Set up sales tax</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_codes.htm">Use sales tax codes</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_locations.htm">Use sales tax locations</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_customers/customers_tax.htm">Associate a customer with a tax location or as tax-exempt</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1049.htm">Applying tax to sales</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_multipleagencies.htm">Collect multi-rate taxes</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_pricethresholds.htm">Collect tax based item price thresholds</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_shipping.htm">Collect tax on shipping amounts</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tax_reports.htm">Run sales tax reports</a></p>
<p><a href="basic284.htm">Send tax information to QuickBooks</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you charge sales tax, you can setup a sales tax structure in Point of Sale so that sales taxes are automatically collected on sales of taxable merchandise or services.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">How taxes are applied to sales depend on the tax codes and tax locations you have set up.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Tax codes</span> specify the specific taxing instructions (taxable or not, tax rate, if price-dependent, and other tax options) and are assigned to your items in inventory. <a href="basic_tax_codes.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Tax locations</span> allow you to customize the taxing instructions for each of your tax codes based on where the item is sold or to whom it is sold. <a href="basic_tax_locations.htm">Learn More</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">A simple tax structure might have just two tax codes, one for taxable merchandise and one for non-taxable merchandise, in a single tax location with a single tax rate. If you entered a tax rate during the Setup Interview, such a structure was set up for you, using two default tax codes and one default tax location.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If your tax requirements aren't that simple, you can set up additional tax codes, tax locations, and other options in <a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">company preferences</a>. Point of Sale provides support for the collection of different tax rates based on merchandise categories, item price thresholds, where an item is sold, to whom it is sold, and collection and reporting for multiple taxing agencies.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When you make a sale, sales tax is automatically calculated and added to all taxable items according to your tax setup. Customers can be flagged as tax exempt or assigned to a specific tax location, so that the correct sales tax is automatically calculated on sales to that customer. You can also change tax codes or locations on individual sales if needed for special circumstances.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides sales tax reports to help you make your tax payments to the taxing agency or agencies. If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, Point of Sale sends sales tax information to QuickBooks Desktop along with other sales information each day. Sales tax reports can be ran in Point of Sale or in your financial software, broken out by tax codes, tax agency, store, or tax location for any time period.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic222.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP251273177');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Security and Program Preferences</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Security and Program Preferences</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">Employees/Security</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefsoverview.htm">Company Preferences</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefsoverview.htm">Workstation Preferences</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Security settings and program preferences can control the availability of many program features. If a feature is not available to you, your security group assignment or the program preference settings may not be set to allow you access to that feature.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Ask your <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_secadmin/about_the_security_administrator.html');return false;">system administrator</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"> to review these settings.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Employees &amp; Security</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees can be added and passwords and security rights assigned by selecting <span class="hcp2">Security</span> from the <span class="hcp2">Employees</span> menu. You must log in as the System Administrator to add employees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Employees must be defined if you want to list their names on documents, create sales performance reports, limit access to specific features or for Pro users, track hours worked or commission sales.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By requiring employee logins, you can control access to features by assigning employees to one of four predefined security groups, each with a specified set of security rights. You can also define your own custom security groups with the access rights you prefer.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Program Preferences</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <span class="hcp2">Company</span> and <span class="hcp2">Workstation</span> preferences allow you to configure Point of Sale to work with your hardware and accessories, establish data control, and customize many features.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two preferences modules that are accessible from accessible from <span class="hcp2">File</span> &gt; <span class="hcp2">Preferences</span>:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Company Preferences</span> - affects all Point of Sale functions and workstations.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Workstation Preferences</span> - applies to an individual workstation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This arrangement allows you to maintain central control over critical program features through Company settings, while also allowing individual workstation setups to be optimized for a particular purpose or hardware.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp1">Data Protection</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">The electronic data that you gather during day-to-day business operations is invaluable and must be protected from harm. Power failure, media defects, disgruntled employees, or hardware problems can destroy days or weeks of accumulated information. Backing up your data on a regular basis enables you to recover from such events as quickly and painlessly as possible. Failure to do so puts your entire business at risk.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: If you have Free Online Backup through your Point of Sale or QuickBooks Desktop support plans, it is a separate software that needs to be installed and configured for you to be protected. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Please read the data <a href="../qbpos_data_protection/backupoverview.htm">backup/restore overview</a> and <a href="../qbpos_data_protection/backup_strategy.htm">implementing a comprehensive data protection strategy</a> for more information and suggestions.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic223.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Tip: Quick-Entry Date Formats</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff4; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
td.hcp5 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px;
background-color:Transparent; }
font.hcp6 { font-family:"Wingdings 3";
font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Tip: Quick-Date Entry Formats</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Dates are displayed in the format you specified in your operating system. You can enter dates in that same format or use one of the following quick entry formats (without typing hyphens () or slash marks (/) to separate days, months, and years). When you press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> or exit the field, the date will be converted to the format set up in your operating system, with the appropriate hyphens or slashes added.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The available quick entry formats are:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="382">
<col style="width: 41.935%;">
<col style="width: 58.065%;">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Quick Entry Formats</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp4">Display Formats and Notes</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">mmddyyyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">mmddyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">ddmmmyy</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">ddmmmyyyy</p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Example: September 8, 2003 can be entered:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">09082003 &#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;090803</p>
<p class="Help-Text">08Sep03 &#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;08Sep2003.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Letters for month are not case-sensitive.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">No matter how you enter the date, it will be displayed according to your operating systems date format.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Use the keyboard shortcuts below to quickly enter dates. Some commands are relative to the currently displayed date. If there is not a date displayed, the entry is relative to the current date.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When keyboard combinations have a + between them press the keys at the same time. When separated by a comma, press the first key, release, and then press the next key.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;T&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Enter today's date.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;+&gt;, &lt;Number&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward the specified number of days.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right; font-weight: bold;">&lt;&gt;, &lt;Number&gt;, &lt;Enter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back the specified number of days.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Note:</font> <font style="font-style: italic;">This option is not available if your operating system date is set to use hyphens () as the date separator.</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6">r;</font><font class="hcp4">&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Change date one day forward.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6"></font><font class="hcp4">&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Change date to one day earlier.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+PageUp&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward one month.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+PageDown&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back one month.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+Home&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date forward one year.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:41.935%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;"><font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+End&gt;</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.065%;" class="hcp5">
<p class="Help-Text">Move date back one year.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Printing in Point of Sale</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
span.hcp2 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Printing in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a source="shell" href="basic338.htm">Printing Tags</a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Printing Preferences</a> <span class="hcp2">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">FAQs</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP279418657" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
<p><a href="basic_printdocuments.htm">Print lists or documents</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_printing_shippinglabels.htm">Print mailing or shipping labels</a></p>
<p><a href="../basic_write_letters.htm">Print letters to customers or vendors</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_printing_logo.htm">Add my logo to sales receipts</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Specify document printers and templates</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_import_templates.htm">Import print templates</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_installing.htm">Install a supported printer</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/help_trblsht_rcptprinter.htm">Troubleshoot my receipt printer</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents</a></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can print documents, lists, price tags, labels, reports, letters, and graphs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Before you can print from Point of Sale, you must set up Windows to use your printer or printers. Once set up in Windows, your printer(s) are available to assign to the various types of documents you can print from within Point of Sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The printed output is determined by the printer and <a href="basic292.htm">print template</a> you specify in your printing preferences. Each workstation sets up its own print options.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A default selection of templates for each area is provided with Point of Sale. Pro users can customize these templates or create new ones to fit your printing needs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Printing options are accessed in various ways:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">Item, customer, and sales history lists</span>: &#160;Select from the I Want To Menu...:</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/IWantTo_print.gif" alt="" width="179" height="201" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">All other lists</span>: &#160;Select from the Print &#160;menu (located on the window toolbar as shown) or from the File menu at the top of the screen...</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/print_menu.gif" alt="" width="345" height="135" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp3">When making new documents</span>: Select the <span class="hcp3">Print</span> or <span class="hcp3">Save &amp; Print</span> option at the bottom of the document...</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../../image/print_document.gif" alt="" width="316" height="121" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">At the time of printing, the Print dialog allows you in many cases to change the printer. template, number of copies, or preview the output on screen before sending it to the printer. (Options available vary with document.)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Other Printing Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;"><a href="basic_print_selecttemplate.htm">Changing print templates at time of printing</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/compatible_equipment.htm">Compatible printer list</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport20.htm">Ordering printing supplies</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport16.htm">Troubleshooting</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP279418657');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Mouse and Touchscreen Navigation</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Mouse and Touchscreen Navigation</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When the documentation says to select, highlight, or place the focus on a button, field, or toolbar, mouse or touchscreen users can simply click or touch that button or field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1" style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span><span class="hcp1">:</span> Not all Point of Sale windows support touchscreen use. For example, managerial tasks, such as running reports and creating purchase orders, are not efficient touchscreen tasks and therefore touchscreen use is not supported in those areas.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;"><font class="hcp2">Enabling Touchscreen Controls</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Enable touchscreen use and add the touchscreen controls to Point of Sale by selecting <font class="hcp2">Enable Touchscreen Features</font> in <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs_touchscreen.htm">workstation preferences</a>. (From the <span class="hcp1">File</span> menu, choose <span class="hcp1">Preferences</span>, and then select <span class="hcp1">Workstation</span>.)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_customer_orders/so03.htm">Note: Touchscreen Controls in Dialogs<img class="hcp3" title="Click to display a popup topic" alt="Click to display a popup topic" src="../../image/yellow_up.gif" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0pt;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Touchscreen Tips</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Reducing your video resolution to 800 x 600 can make touching small fields easier, but there may be tradeoffs with the display of other features at this resolution.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Double-touching in quick succession has the same effect as double-clicking with a mouse.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Touch, hold, and drag to reposition column headers and separators.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your touchscreen controls may be customized through software provided by the manufacturer. Generally, you can access this software from the Windows Control Panel.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The size of your scroll bars can be changed to make touch scrolling easier. Go to <font class="hcp2">Control Panel</font> <font class="hcp4" style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';" face="Wingdings 3"></font> <font class="hcp2">Display</font> <font class="hcp4" style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';" face="Wingdings 3"></font> <font class="hcp2">Appearance</font>. Select <span class="hcp1">A</span><font class="hcp2">dvanced</font> and then <span class="hcp1">S</span>croll bar from the Item list and set the size that works best for you. Note: This changes the scroll bar size for all of your Windows programs. (Directions are for Windows XP; may vary in other Windows versions.)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Touch screen monitors are ideal for certain activities, such as ringing up sales, where you are making selections from predefined data lists. However, when data must be entered into records, such as when initially setting up the system, running reports, or entering your preference settings, you will find that a hybrid system including a keyboard (for entering data) is more efficient.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Consider turning on your Microsoft Windows touchscreen keyboard to facilitate typing within Point of Sale.<br></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic244.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Previewing Documents, Reports, and Tags</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Previewing Documents, Reports, and Tags</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic243.htm">Printing Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Print Option Preferences</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">Printing FAQs</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The Previewer is used throughout Point of Sale to view documents, reports, tags, labels, and records (collectively called documents here) on the screen before sending them to the printer.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../basic340.htm');return false;">Tip: Zoom preview display to see small print<img src="../../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Preview Options</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">To access these options, right-click in the preview window. Not all options are available on all documents.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Find and Find Next: &#160;</font>Select <font class="hcp1">Find</font> (<font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F3&gt;</font> ) to locate a specific alphanumeric string of characters contained in the document. Enter the string you wish to locate, and then click <span style="font-weight: bold;">F</span><font class="hcp1">ind Next</font> to move the focus forward to the next occurrence. &#160;Check box options can be used to refine the search to match your entry exactly and/or to match the case as entered.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Zoom:</font> Select a zoom percentage or page magnification from the list displayed. Zooming in can be particularly helpful in viewing small print, such as on price tags.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Show Rulers, Show Toolbar, Status Bar: &#160;</font><span style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Select or clear to toggle on/off the display of the <font class="hcp1">Rulers</font>, <font class="hcp1">Toolbar</font>, and <font class="hcp1">Status Bar</font>. A check mark indicates the feature is active. Choosing to not display any of these items frees more screen space for viewing your document.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_printdocuments.htm">Printing lists or documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic338.htm">Printing tags</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">Reports overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customizing printed documents and tags</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>History Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">History Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_historydocs_copy.htm">Copy a Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">Edit a Document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font size="2">Updated t</font>ransactional documents, including <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_sales_history.htm">receipts</a>, <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouchersoverview.htm">vouchers</a>, <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustment memos</a>, and <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_transfers.htm">transfer slips</a> are called <font style="font-style: italic;">history documents</font> and are stored in your document history lists. History documents provide a permanent record of all transactions that have affected your inventory and provide an accurate audit trail of changes.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view your document history lists:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the specified menu, select:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Sales History</span> from the Point of Sale menu to view saved receipts</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Receiving History</span> from the Purchasing menu to view saved vouchers (Basic)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Adjustment History</span> from the Inventory menu to view saved memos (Basic)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp1">Transfer History</span> from the Inventory menu to view saved transfer slips (Pro)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use standard <a href="basic261.htm">sort</a>, <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">search</a>, and <a href="basic262.htm">filter</a> procedures to locate the desired document.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your transactional history is used for reporting, to build customer, vendor, and item histories, and can be accessed to view, reprint, or copy a saved document.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">History documents can never be deleted and, with the exception of some informational fields, generally cannot be <a href="basic_edit_documents.htm">edited</a>. But they can be <a href="basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">reversed</a> if necessary to make a correction. Reversing a history document does not remove the original document; rather it creates a new document with the opposite effect.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, all history documents are sent to update your financial records. You can view the linked QuickBooks Desktop documents and transactions related to any Point of Sale history document by selecting the document and then selecting <span class="hcp1">View Financial Details</span> from the I Want To menu. <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_viewqbfstransactions.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) All history documents created at remote stores are sent to Headquarters to update inventory and QuickBooks Desktop and are included in Headquarters history lists and reports. Documents made at Headquarters are not sent to remote stores; therefore remote store histories only reflect the documents made at that store.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">How documents affect inventory</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_data_protection/companydata_cleanup.htm">Remove old documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Use Bar Codes and Scanners</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Use Bar Codes and Scanners</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_equipment/equip_barcodescannerlist.htm">Compatible Bar Code Scanners</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_barcodescanner_faq.htm">FAQs</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_pdt.htm">Physical Inventory Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can print bar codes and supports the use of bar code scanners to list items on documents make entries on item records. No special procedures are required to use a bar code scanner with Point of Sale. Follow the instructions supplied with your scanner to connect it to your PC.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The program can read bar codes containing any of these item identifiers:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic219.htm">UPCs</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Item numbers</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted11.htm">Alternate lookup</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Assuming you have the scanned information recorded in inventory for the item, you can quickly list the item on documents by scanning the bar code.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Printing Bar Codes on Tags in Point of Sale</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Every item has an item number associated with it in inventory. When you print tags from within the program using the default tag templates, it is the item number that is used to create the bar code. This allows you to print and scan barcoded tags for all your inventory items, whether or not they have UPC or Alternate Lookups defined.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Using the item number for bar codes has several advantages:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can print bar-coded tags for any item in inventory and then list them on documents using a bar code scanner, even if you do not have a vendor-provided UPC code.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Item number bar codes are generally smaller than bar codes created from UPC or alternate lookup values, meaning they fit better on smaller tag sizes.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a tag bar code is unscannable, it is quicker to manually enter an item number (also printed on the tags) than the longer UPC or alternate lookup.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) If you prefer, you can use <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a> to change bar codes printed from within Point of Sale to reflect UPC or alternate lookup values instead.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="printing/basic338.htm">Print Tags:Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner to Enter Information in Inventory</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Your scanner can also be used to quickly enter the bar code data into item records in inventory. For example, if your vendor supplies you merchandise pre-tagged with the UPC number, you can quickly and accurately enter the information into the <font class="hcp1">UPC</font> field on the item record by scanning the tag. You can scan vendor-provided bar codes containing catalog numbers into the <font class="hcp1">Alternate Lookup</font> field in the same manner.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm">Edit item records</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner to List Items on Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When scanning to list items on documents, Point of Sale assumes a quantity of one for each scan. To record a different quantity, press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F5&gt;</font> or navigate to the <font class="hcp1">Qty</font> field in the document item list to manually enter the correct quantity after each scan.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Although scanning is extremely accurate, scanning errors can occasionally occur, especially when tags have been damaged or defaced. The scanner typically rejects read errors caused by defaced tags, and this scanned information never reaches Point of Sale. An error is reported if the scanned number is not currently defined in inventory or if the Alternate Lookup is not unique.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic303.htm">List Items on Documents: Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="help-main-topic-links">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using a Scanner for a Physical Inventory Count (Basic)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A physical inventory scanner is an optional, portable scanner that can record thousands of item scans and counts while moving around your store. You then connect the scanner to your computer and upload the counts to Point of Sale. &#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_pdt.htm">Use a Physical Inventory Scanner</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic254.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Windows, Menus and Toolbars</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Windows, Menus and Toolbars</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a source="shell" href="qbpos:helppopup.2639">How do I?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="navigation_find/basic259.htm">Keyboard Navigation</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen Navigation</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">This topic has been hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale offers several options for moving between program windows and selecting task actions. The illustration below will help familiarize you with the Point of Sale screens and navigation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Program windows are laid out so that the completion of a task "flows" from the top/left towards the bottom/right of the screen.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The program includes the following menus and toolbars, which are common throughout the program (numbers correspond to numbers on example screen below):</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Text Menus</font> Across the top of the screen, the text menus contain options for all program areas/features, grouped by functional area.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Main Toolbar</font> Selecting a task icon takes you directly to that area or activity. The display and icons included on the main tool bar can be <a href="basic_customize_iconbars.htm">customized</a> to reflect the frequent activities performed at each workstation.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Window Menu</font> - Lists all currently open Point of Sale windows. You can switch between active windows by selecting one from this list or pressing <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Alt + Page Up/Page Down&gt;</font>. This list may also be available from the <span class="hcp2">Windows</span> icon on the main toolbar, as shown to the far right of the toolbar in the illustration.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Window Toolbar</font> Contains task icons for common commands related to the currently active window and the I Want To menu (see below).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">I Want To Menu</font> Contains a drop-down <a href="basic_iwanttomenus.htm">list of tasks</a> related to your current activity. Select a task a perform it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp1">Bottom Toolbar</font> The icons appearing at the bottom of the screen perform "completing actions" for your current activity, such as saving, holding, printing, or taking payment for a document or record.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps"><span class="hcp2">Status Bar</span> Information about the currently logged in user, workstation, and current activity.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/menuiconbars.gif" alt="image\menuiconbars.gif" title="image\menuiconbars.gif" width="463" height="343" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="navigation_find/basic_navigator.htm">The Home Page</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>View Records or Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">View Records or Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Record or Document</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two ways to view Point of Sale records and documents. Click a link for more information about working in each view.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="basic_view_list.htm">Lists</a> display many records or documents at one time in a format similar to a spreadsheet. The list can be easily sorted, searched, or filtered to help you find a particular record or to group similar records.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="basic_view_form.htm">Forms</a> provide a more detailed view of an individual record or document on a single screen. Form View is typically used when creating or editing records or documents.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_capacities.htm">Program capacities</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_liststats.htm">View list summary statistics</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Keyboard Shortcuts</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen Navigation</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The keyboard shortcuts shown below are common to all program areas.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Common Keyboard Shortcuts:</font></p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="378">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Keystroke</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Action</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Basic Navigation</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Q&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Log in/out</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+O&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open I Want To menu</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p>Underscores shortcuts for menus</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through open windows</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Accept entry and/or move from one field to the next in a form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Reverse tab navigation</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Enter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Accept entry and/or move to next field in a list and on receipt payment window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Arrow keys&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Navigate in and between fields and columns</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Esc&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cancels current operation; backs out one screen; exits program from Navigator screen</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Home&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to first column in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;End&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to last column in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Spacebar&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Select/clear a check box</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through choices on drop-down lists</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp1">Function Keys</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" bgcolor="#E5E5E5" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F1&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Get Help on current task</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F3&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open the Find window for the active field (only on windows with Find fields)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">From <a href="../basic315.htm">lookup</a> fields, access associated list to select</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F5&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">On document: Edit selected item.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Edit selected style item.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F6&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">On document: Edit quantity</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Toggle between list view and form view of the selected record</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F9&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Return to Home screen from Make a Sale window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F10&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Toggle focus between the menu and window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F11&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Save (without printing <a href="../../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_transactionaldocs">transactional documents</a>)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:33.33%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F12&gt;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic259.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:66.67%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">1. Save (record, order document) or save &amp; print (transactional document )</p>
<p class="Help-Text">2. Go to payment screen (from receipt body)</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="378">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Control (Ctrl) Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+E&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to customer lookup field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open the Find window for the active field (only on windows with Find fields)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+I&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Move cursor to item lookup field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+N&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 2pt;">Switch tabbed pages, n = 1, 2, 3, etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Q&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Log in/out</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to Item List (from documents)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F7&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access Held documents (from history list)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open installed cash drawer</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F10&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Print tags (where applicable)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle through open windows</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+Home&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to first record in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+End&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to the last record in list</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+PageUp&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Display previous record or form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+PageDown&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Go to first or last record on window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Shift</span> Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F1&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Cash window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F2&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Credit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F3&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Debit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F5&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Gift Card window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F6&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Redeem a Gift Certificate window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F7&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Charge Account window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Take Deposit window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Shift+F11&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Open Check window for customer payment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Alternate (Alt) Keys</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access text menus</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+underlined letter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Access visible options that contain an underlined letter by pressing <font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt + the underlined letter&gt;</font>. For example, to access <span style="text-decoration: underline;">C</span>opy, use <font class="hcp4">&lt;Alt+C&gt;</font>.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:31.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Exit Point of Sale</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">Return to top</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sort &amp; Scroll a Record List</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Sort &amp; Scroll a Record List</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How Do I?<span style="color: #c0c0c0;"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic list" title="Click to expand/collapse topic list" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></span></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Record</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP245188994" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-style: italic;">Note: Not all tasks apply to all list types.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic262.htm">Filter a list?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize list columns?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_customizesummarypane.htm">Customize a list information panel?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="printing/basic_printdocuments.htm">Print a list?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export a list?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Show me an overview of Point of Sale lists</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents?</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #c0c0c0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Record lists can be sorted in either ascending or descending order by the information in the column or columns you choose.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two list types in Point of Sale, with slightly different capabilities. Choose the list type you are working with for more information:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Item, Customer, Sales History, or Receiving History lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;&#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP247773872" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to your item, customer, sales history, and receiving history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A <img src="../image/sort_indicator.gif" alt="Sort indicator" width="16" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"> denotes the column and order by which the list is currently sorted.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/list_saleshistory.gif" alt="Sales History" width="372" height="102" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sort a list:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click or touch any column header. The list is sorted by the values in that column. Click the same column header a second time to reverse the sort order in that column (ascending or descending).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scroll to a record:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click a column header to sort the list as needed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use the right-side scroll bar to move up/down through the list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">All other lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP247296282" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to department, vendor, employee, customer order, purchase order, transfer history, and adjustment history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In column headings, a <img src="../image/blue_sort_indicator.gif" alt="image\blue_sort_indicator.gif" width="11" height="11" border="0"> &#160;indicates columns by which the list can be sorted and a <img src="../image/green_sort_indicator.gif" alt="Sort indicator" width="15" height="14" border="0" class="hcp1"> denotes the column and order by which the list is currently sorted.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/listscrollindicator.gif" alt="image\listscrollindicator.gif" width="360" height="87" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To sort a list:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two ways to change the column by which this type of list is sorted.</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Click or touch any column header displaying a <img src="../image/blue_sort_indicator.gif" alt="image\blue_sort_indicator.gif" width="11" height="11" border="0"> to sort by the values in that column. Click the same column header a second time to reverse the order of the sort (ascending or descending).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Right-click anywhere in the list, and select <font class="hcp5">Sort List by</font> and then choose a sort column from the choices displayed, or select <font class="hcp5">Sort on multiple columns</font>. If sorting by multiple columns, up to three columns can be selected in sort priority.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To go to a specific record in the sorted column:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This option does not apply to an item list on a document.</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Sort the list as described above.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Begin typing the first few characters of the column entry for the record you wish to locate. The characters are not displayed as you type, but you are taken to the closest matching record.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If you are sorted on multiple columns, the first column selected is the active column for purposes of this feature.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To scroll to a record:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select a sort column.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use the right-side scroll bar to move up/down through the list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">The scrolling indicator (see picture above) shows the record you are on as you scroll through the list. Release the scroll bar to access the displayed record. Note that the scrolling indicator displays the values in the currently sorted column.</p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic262.htm">Filter lists</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_liststats.htm">View list summary statistics</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP245188994');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP247773872');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP247296282');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter a List</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter a &#160;List</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1"><span style="color: #000000;">How Do I?</span> <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic list" title="Click to expand/collapse topic list" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP302148832" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-style: italic;">Note: Not all tasks apply to all list types.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic261.htm">Sort and scroll a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize list columns</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_customizesummarypane.htm">Customize a list information panel</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="printing/basic_printdocuments.htm">Print a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_view_list.htm">Show me an overview of Point of Sale lists</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #c0c0c0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Filters allow you to group and work with records or documents that have information in common.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two list types in Point of Sale, with different filtering capabilities. Choose the list type you are working with for more information:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Item, Customer, Sales History, or Receiving History lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;&#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP304077714" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p>This information applies to item, customer, sales history, and receiving history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Select a pre-defined &#160;<font class="hcp5">Filter</font> from the drop-down list at the top of the window and your records are instantly filtered, displaying only the matching records. Shown is the item list filter.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/filter_itemlist.gif" alt="Item list filter" width="139" height="70" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">All other lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP310495303" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to department, vendor, employee, customer order, purchase order, transfer history, and adjustment history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In these lists you can select a pre-defined filter or create and save your own.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You enter the criteria you wish to match and the program gathers and displays only the appropriate records. This is a highly useful feature when you want to view or work with a subset of a list or wish to restrict the data included in a report.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This general filtering topic covers the basics of filtering in Point of Sale. Not all options shown here are available in every area, but the general instructions remain the same.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/list_filtering.gif" alt="image\list_filtering.gif" width="369" height="255" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a4" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic_tip_memfilters.htm');return false;">Tip: Define and save a custom filter<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To filter a list:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display your list, and then select one of the following from the drop-down list in the <span class="hcp6">View</span> field at the top of the window:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">A predefined filter, such as <span class="hcp6">A</span><font class="hcp5">ll Records</font>, <span class="hcp6">T</span><font class="hcp5">his Month, This Week,</font> etc. (choices vary by list)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">A previously defined and saved custom filter (your custom names displayed)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5"><span class="hcp6">C</span>reate Filter</font> to define custom filter criteria, and optionally save it for future use</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5"><span class="hcp6">M</span>anage Filters</font> to edit, rename, delete, or rearrange the display order of your previously <a href="basic_manage_filters.htm">saved filters</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">If you select a predefined or saved filter, the list is immediately filtered and the steps below do not apply.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If creating a new filter, enter filter criteria values in any of the available fields. <a href="basic306.htm">Learn more about entering filter criteria</a></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/filter_dialog3.gif" alt="" width="400" height="111" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <span class="hcp6">A</span><font class="hcp5">pply</font> &#160;(or <span class="hcp6">S</span><font class="hcp5">ave</font>, if you want to memorize the filter for future use. If saving, give your new filter a unique name and then click <span class="hcp6">OK</span>).</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">The records matching your criteria are displayed (or included in a report). To return to the display of all possible records in a list, select the <span class="hcp6">All &lt;records&gt;</span> option from the View drop-down.</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_manage_filters.htm">Manage list filters</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_liststats.htm">View list summary statistics</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp5">Notes:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When filtering for a time period, we recommend you select the shortest time frame practical for your current task. For example, filtering your sales history list for receipts made <span class="hcp6">T</span><font class="hcp5">his Week</font> or <span class="hcp6">This Month</span> results in a much faster display that filtering for <span class="hcp6">A</span><font class="hcp5">ll Receipts</font>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Locate a record or document</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP302148832');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP304077714');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP310495303');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Sales Tax Integration with QuickBooks</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Sales Tax Integration with QuickBooks Desktop</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/help_taxfaq.htm">Tax FAQs</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_tax_reports.htm">Tax Reports</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic222.htm">Tax Overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Sales tax amounts collected in Point of Sale are sent to QuickBooks Desktop financial software according to the sale tax <a href="../../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_mapping">mappings</a> specified for each Point of Sale tax code used. Tax codes and the QuickBooks Desktop tax mappings used by Point of Sale are defined on the sales tax page of <a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">company preferences</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When configuring your Point of Sale sales taxes, you can leave the QuickBooks Desktop tax mappings blank and Point of Sale will automatically create matching tax items and codes in your QuickBooks Desktop financial software.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a3" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic_tax_qbfsexample.htm');return false;">View example<img src="../../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">If you set up a Point of Sale <a href="basic_tax_multipleagencies.htm">multi-rate tax</a> code, one tax item is created in QuickBooks Desktop for each component rate included in the code.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Custom Mapping of Sales Tax to QuickBooks Desktop</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you prefer, and you have already set up sales tax items/codes in QuickBooks Desktop, you can manually map your Point of Sale tax codes to those when setting up your tax codes in Point of Sale.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you are required to collect and pay sales taxes to multiple agencies (city, county, and state, for example) you should set up a sales <a href="../../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_tax_group">tax group</a> in QuickBooks Desktop and then map your Point of Sale tax code(s) to the group. <a href="basic_tax_multipleagencies.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_setqbsales_tax.htm">Setting up sales tax in QuickBooks Desktop</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">Setting up sales tax codes in Point of Sale</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_tax_codes.htm">Using sales tax codes</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_tax_locations.htm">Using sales tax locations</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_inventory/inven_tax_codes.htm">Assigning tax codes to items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1"> &#160;Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
</div><script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a3');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Printing Tags in Code</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Printing Tags in Code</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic338.htm">Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="basic_taginstructions.htm">Tag Printing: Basic Instructions</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">FAQs</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can print an items cost and its last received date on price tags in a code that is defined in company preferences. Only informed employees will know how to read the code.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To define and use a price tag code:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span style="font-weight: bold;">P</span><font class="hcp1">references</font> <font style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';" face="Wingdings 3"></font> <font class="hcp1">Company</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Price Levels</font> from the preferences menu on the left.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font class="hcp1">Price Tag code</font> area, specify one letter or number to represent each number 0-9.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 22.50pt;"><img src="../../image/tag_codepref.gif" alt="image\tag_codepref.gif" title="image\tag_codepref.gif" width="322" height="70" border="0"></p>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In your workstation <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">document &amp; printer</a> preferences, <a href="basic292.htm">select a tag template</a> with a suffix of "+ cost". These templates contain the <font class="hcp1">Cost Code</font> and <font class="hcp1">Last Rcvd Code</font> fields.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Example:</font> You have an item with a cost of $9.00, last received on 11/26/07. You define your tag code as shown above. The printed tag, using a "+cost" template, would look like this:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../../image/tag_codesample.gif" alt="image\tag_codesample.gif" title="image\tag_codesample.gif" width="181" height="83" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Cost</font>: i00 = 9.00 (decimal omitted)</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Last Received Date:</font> aabf0g = 112607 (mmddyy format)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize your printed tags</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Specifying Document Printers &amp; Templates</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Specifying Document Printers &amp; Templates</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic243.htm">Printing Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Printing Preferences</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="basic_import_templates.htm">Importing Templates</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Printers and <a href="../../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_template">templates</a> for documents, tags, and labels are specified on the Documents &amp; Printers page of workstation preferences. When specifying templates, make sure you take into consideration your printers capabilities and the size of the printer paper, i.e., do not select a "Letter" sized sales receipt template if using a 40-column receipt printer. You can also change the printer and/or template used each time you print if you set your printing preferences to display the print dialog.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To specify printers and templates in preferences:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp2">P</span><font class="hcp3">references &gt; Workstation</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">D</span><font class="hcp3">ocuments &amp; Printers</font> from the left-side preferences menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the drop-down lists for each document, tag, and label type:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select the printer to be used</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select a template to use</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Specify the number of copies of the document to print</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">If you want the ability to change printers or templates when printing, select the <span class="hcp2">P</span><font class="hcp3">rint Options</font> preference page and select the check box for each document type in the <font class="hcp3">Print Dialog</font> section.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Note" style="margin-left: 24px;"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: When printing tags, labels, and customer orders, the print dialog is always displayed, so &#160;no checkboxes are displayed in the list for these document types.</p>
<ol start="5" style="list-style: decimal;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">ave</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you have not specified print templates, the first time you go to print in each program area you will be prompted to select a template. The template selected will be saved to your preferences and used from that point on unless changed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) If the default templates do not meet your needs, you can customize them using the Print Designer. Select <span class="hcp2">Print Designer</span> from the Tools menu. If you modify a template and save it with a new name, answer <span class="hcp2">Yes</span> when prompted to make the new template the default for that document type.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add a New Record</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Record</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_capacities.htm">Program Capacities</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm">Glossary</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This general procedure is for adding a non-document record (item, department, vendor, or customer). For specific steps on creating any record or document in Point of Sale, select a link from lists below.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">New records are typically added using a record form, even if you are in a record list when you select <span class="hcp1">N</span><font class="hcp2">ew</font>. This procedure assumes you are using a form to add a record. For instructions to add a record directly in a list, click <a href="basic_list_edit_mode.htm">here</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">To add a new record:</font></p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">N</span><font class="hcp2">ew</font> from a list or form, or <font class="hcp2">Add New</font> from a drop-down in a <a href="basic315.htm">lookup</a> field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A blank form is displayed.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate through the form <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields10.htm">fields</a>, making entries as appropriate. Be sure to complete all required fields for the record type (marked with an *).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">click <font class="hcp2">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or click <font class="hcp2">Cancel</font> anytime before saving to discard the new record.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">For more information on adding specific record types:</font></p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="366">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_departments/dept302.htm">Add a department</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust902.htm">Add a customer</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin02.htm">Add an employee</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend352.htm">Add a vendor</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_timecards_new.htm">Add a time record</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">For more information on creating new documents:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="366">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.03%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1005.htm">New sales receipt</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.97%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch702.htm">New voucher</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.03%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po602.htm">New purchase order</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.97%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">New adjustment memo</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:49.03%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_create.htm">New customer order</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.97%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_createslip.htm">New transfer slip</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic303.htm">List items on documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_capacities.htm">Program capacities</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit a Non-Document Record</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit a Non-Document Record</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Record</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This general procedure applies to editing items, departments, vendors, customers, and employees.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Click <a href="basic_edit_documents.htm">here</a> for information about editing documents.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use the general edit procedure below, or select a record type for specific instructions:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="366">
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_departments/dept306.htm">Edit a department</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customers/cust905.htm">Edit a customer record</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend356.htm">Edit a vendor record</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:49.02%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin04.htm">Edit an employee record</a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:50.98%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_timecards_history.htm">Edit a time entry</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit a non-document record:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use standard <a href="basic261.htm">sort</a>, <a href="basic261.htm">search</a>, and <a href="basic262.htm">filter</a> procedures to locate the desired record in the applicable list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the record and select <span style="font-weight: bold;"><font class="hcp3">E</font>dit from</span> the window toolbar or I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate through the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields10.htm">fields</a> of the record, making changes as necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Or, select <font class="hcp3">Cancel</font> at any time before saving to discard your edits.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only fields white in color can be edited. Gray fields cannot be selected or changed. If you believe you should be able to edit a field but cannot, check the logged-in user's <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin04.htm">security rights</a> or read <a href="../qbpos_help_and_support/help_featurenotavailable.htm">Why is a Point of Sale feature not available to me?</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">In some non-document lists, you can edit records directly in the list using <a href="basic_list_edit_mode.htm">list edit mode</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Use caution when editing information that is a component of other records or documents. For example, if you edit a department or vendor name you must also edit any items in inventory that contain that department or vendor name as part of the item record.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic303.htm">List items on documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Enter Data in a Field</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Enter Data in a Field</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a source="shell" href="basic_hdi_dataentry.htm">How Do I?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_view_form.htm">Forms</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_view_list.htm">Lists</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use standard navigation techniques (such as arrow keys, <font class="hcp2">&lt;Tab&gt;</font>, click, or touch) to access the field in which you want to enter data. To accept an entry or bypass the field, press <font class="hcp2">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> if in a form or <font style="font-weight: bold;">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> in a list or navigate to the next field in any other manner. Most data entries require that you navigate out of the field to record the entry.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Quick topics for various field types.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="372">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:41.94%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic307.htm');return false;">Blank fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.06%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a5" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic312.htm');return false;">Quantity fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:41.94%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic308.htm');return false;">Read-only fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.06%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a6" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic313.htm');return false;">Note fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:41.94%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a3" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic310.htm');return false;">Check box fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.06%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a7" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic314.htm');return false;">Drop-down lists<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:41.94%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a4" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic311.htm');return false;">Currency fields<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
<td style="width:58.06%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a8" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic309.htm');return false;">Suggested entries<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields10.htm">Document/record data field descriptions</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic316.htm">Enter dates and times</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_capacities.htm">Program capacities</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a5');
FilePopupInit('a2');
FilePopupInit('a6');
FilePopupInit('a3');
FilePopupInit('a7');
FilePopupInit('a4');
FilePopupInit('a8');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>List Items on Documents: Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
span.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp6 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
span.hcp7 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
td.hcp8 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">List Items on Documents: Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic254.htm">Use Bar Codes</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">About Item Identifiers</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an Item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The item list included on documents lists the items to be processed (received, sold, ordered, etc.). This list contains item details such as the description, price or cost, item discounts, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The default columns included in the item list will vary depending on the document you are completing. Most <a href="basic_view_list.htm">list navigation</a> procedures apply, including the ability to <a href="basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">customize the columns</a> included in the list.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Which type of document do you need help with?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Sales Receipts or Receiving Vouchers <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP243667964" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">In the <b>Scan or enter item information</b> drop-down box, scan or type item information to search for the item being listed (receipt example shown):</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/rcpt_additems.gif" alt="" width="579" height="95" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use any of these methods to add items to the document :</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp5">Scan</span> the bar code from the item tag.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp5">Type</span> the item's UPC, Item #, or alternate lookup value and press <font class="hcp6">&lt;Enter&gt; <span style="font-style: normal; font-weight: normal;">&#160;<a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Learn more about these item identifiers</a></span></font></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp5">Search</span> by item name (beginning characters) or other item keyword. Just begin typing the name or keyword and a list of matching items is displayed. Select an item from the list by clicking &#160;it (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll, then <font class="hcp6">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> to select). The selected item is added to the document with a quantity of 1.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/item_list_on_doc.gif" alt="item search" width="427" height="141" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<ul style="list-style: square;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If no matching item is found, check your spelling or the identifier you entered. Entering fewer characters will find more matches.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To see your entire item list, click the <img src="../image/plus_icon.gif" alt="" width="14" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1"> icon with no entry in the Add Item field. You can scroll through the list looking for the needed item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_sell_misc_item.htm">Sell a Miscellaneous Item</a> or <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">Add a New Item to Inventory</a> if needed.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p><a href="basic_quickpick_Item.htm">Quick Pick Items</a></p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">All Other Documents (Purchase Order, Customer Order, Adjustment Memo, Transfer Slip) <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP242797923" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><img src="../image/doc_item_list.gif" alt="image\doc_item_list.gif" width="440" height="85" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">With the cursor in the <span class="hcp5">Enter Items</span> field, do one of the following. Each of these procedures, except the last, adds the item to the document with a quantity of one.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan the item bar code; if one unique match is found in your item list, it is instantly listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Type the item UPC number, item number or alternate lookup value (collectively called <span style="font-style: italic;">item identifiers</span>) and press <span class="hcp7">&lt;Enter&gt;</span>; if one unique match is found, it is instantly listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Begin typing the item description (based on <span class="hcp5">Description 1</span> field in inventory); a drop-down list of your items is displayed with a match highlighted. Select it or another item from the list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Type an item search keyword or keywords and then choose <span class="hcp5">Find Items</span> to the right of the <span class="hcp5">Enter Items</span> field. The Find Item window displays all item matches found, select an item or refine your search keywords and select <span class="hcp5">Find</span> again .until the item is located and listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">From the <span class="hcp5">I Want To</span> menu, choose <span class="hcp5">Select from Item List</span> <span class="hcp7">(&lt;F4&gt;)</span> to open your item list in a special selection mode. Locate the item(s) and enter the quantities needed in the <span class="hcp5">Doc Qty</span> column of this screen.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) To choose <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_style_oview.htm">style items</a>, display the style grid and enter document quantities in the cells of the grid. Then choose <span class="hcp5">Select</span> from the bottom toolbar to return them to the document.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Learn More</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Searching for an item by keyword</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic318.htm">Selecting items from inventory</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">For general information about listing document items, select a topic:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="339">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic317.htm">Scan or enter a UPC, Item #, or Alternate Lookup</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_quickpick_Item.htm">Quick Pick Items</a> (receipt and voucher only)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven435.htm">Using service or non-inventory items</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven_qty_decimals.htm">Enter decimal item quantities</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_additem_whle_making_document.htm">Add a new item to inventory while making a document</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_listingitemgroup.htm">List a group item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_listing_itemassembly.htm">List an assembly item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_listing_uom.htm">List different units of measure</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multistore_view_storeqty.htm">View item quantities at other stores</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Editing Listed items:</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic319.htm">Edit items</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp8">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic320.htm">Remove items from a document</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP243667964');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP242797923');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add a New Record Using Copy</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:normal; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Record Using Copy</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Record or Document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span><font class="hcp1">Note:</font></span> <span class="hcp2">This is a general procedure. For a list of topics related to using the copy function for specific document or record types, search the help index using keyword "Copying" and choose a specific topic.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new record by copying an existing record:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the record you want to copy from the record list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Copy</span> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">&#160;Click <font class="hcp1">Copy &lt;record&gt; <span class="hcp2">on</span></font> the window toolbar (where available).</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">A new document/record form is opened, with information from the original record copied to the appropriate fields.</p>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Make edits to the copied information, as necessary.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Define Filter Criteria - Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Define Filter Criteria - Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Report Options</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides an extensive set of filtering options, allowing you to work with a subset of a list by entering criteria you want to match.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When you first open a filter dialog, it is blank (unless opening a saved filter, in which case your previous settings are shown).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;With no criteria selected, all data is included in the list or report being generated. Entering filter criteria allows you to include or exclude records based on your choices.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Example filter dialog:</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/filter_dialog3.gif" alt="image\filter_dialog3.gif" title="image\filter_dialog3.gif" width="400" height="111" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter filter criteria:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click in the field in which you want to enter criteria.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Type your criteria or select the <img src="../image/f4_symbol.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol.gif" title="image\f4_symbol.gif" width="13" height="14" border="0"> or <img src="../image/f4_symbol_2.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" title="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" width="13" height="15" border="0"> icons to make selections. These icons open selection dialogs, calendars, or drop-down lists, depending on the field type.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">By default, the filter includes data matching the entered criteria. To exclude matching criteria (i.e. show all other data), click in the Include/Exclude column and change the setting to <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">xclude</font>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When done, select <span class="hcp1">A</span><font class="hcp2">pply</font> or <span class="hcp1">Save</span> to filter your list or report data accordingly.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">Other options on the filter dialog may include:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Clear All</font> clear all entered filter criteria from all fields.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Revert</font> reset all filter criteria to default settings (reports only).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Save</font> in lists, memorizes this filter criteria for later use.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Learn more about specific filter options:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_tips.htm">General filtering rules and tips</a> includes information on using spaces, exact matches, include/exclude options, and more.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_freeform.htm">Free-form text and descriptive fields</a> used to filter on document comments, descriptions fields, names, promotional codes, street names, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_ranges.htm">Range fields</a> used to filter on an alphanumeric range, such as a price or cost range, ZIP code range, Item # range, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_selection.htm">Selection lists</a> used to filter by values restricted to a predefined list, such as when filtering by department or vendor code, item type, workstation, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_datetime.htm">Date/time fields</a> used to filter data by dates or date ranges, either fixed or dynamic.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_andor.htm">And/or options</a> used to create complex filtering rules to include/exclude data based on multiple criteria.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_filtercriteria_zipcodes.htm">ZIP Codes</a> used to filter on customers or vendors residing in a particular ZIP code or range of Zip Codes.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_view_list.htm">List overview</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">Reports overview</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Blank Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffea; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Blank Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in blank fields:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the appropriate data.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate to the next field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Read-Only Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffea; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Read-Only Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale automatically populates some fields with information that cannot be edited. These fields cannot be accessed; the cursor will skip them during navigation.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">An example is the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Cashier</font> field on a sales receipt if employee logins are required.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Fields with Suggested Entries</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe6; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Fields with Suggested Entries</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale suggests entries in many data fields by automatically completing them for you. You can still manually change a suggested entry. For example, on a purchase order, the <font class="hcp1">Order Date</font> and <font class="hcp1">Ship Date</font> fields are auto-filled with todays date, but these entries can be changed.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To change the entry in a suggested field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Access the field and enter new information.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Checkbox Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffea; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Check box Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">A check box field can be selected or cleared but no data can be entered. Selecting a check box activates that field/function, while clearing it (removing the check) inactivates the function.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To select or clear a check box field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Touch or click the field, or press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Spacebar&gt;,</font> to toggle between selecting and clearing a check box.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Currency Fields (Cost and Price)</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Currency Fields (Cost and Price)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale supports the use of decimal amounts with up to five decimal places, but displays only two decimal places. You can enter even more than five decimal places, but Point of Sale will round to and store only five.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you enter an amount less than $0.005 (one-half penny), Point of Sale displays $0.00, but is indeed storing the fractional cent amount you entered. You can also make an entry in the extended cost/price on a document and then enter the quantity. Point of Sale will calculate the unit cost/price with decimals for you. This feature makes it easier to order, price, and sell items whose cost or price is less than a penny or in fractional cents.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In the case of item cost and price on documents, the extended cost/price is calculated using the stored five decimals.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in the currency fields:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the amount, including decimals.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If entering an amount in whole currency units, such as 2.00, 47.00, or 103.00, it is not necessary to type the decimal place or trailing zeroes. You can simply type 2, 47, or 13 respectively.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To enter negative amounts, press the dash (<font style="font-style: italic;">)</font> key on your keyboard before entering the amount. Such as: 10.00</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Quantity Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff4; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Quantity Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Quantity fields are blank or have a suggested entry until a different quantity is entered. Numbers are the only acceptable entries in these fields. Decimals are allowed (up to five places), but Point of Sale only displays two and does not display trailing zeroes, i.e. if you enter 2.40, Point of Sale will display 2.4.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Even though Point of Sale displays a maximum of two decimal places, it actually stores and uses five decimal places for quantity calculations.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in quantity fields:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the appropriate data.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To enter negative numbers, press <font class="hcp1">&lt;-&gt;</font> before entering the value.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate to the next field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Note, Comment, and Instruction Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff0; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Note, Comment, and Instruction Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">These fields are free-form text fields, allowing any text you wish to record.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in a note field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Type the appropriate data.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Drop-Down List Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe6; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Drop-Down List Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Fields with drop-down lists available will have a <img src="../image/f4_symbol_2.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" title="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" width="13" height="15" border="0"> button in them. Some drop-down list fields only allow a predefined entry and others allow free-form entries.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in a drop-down list field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the <img src="../image/f4_symbol_2.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" title="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" width="13" height="15" border="0"> button or press <font class="hcp1">&lt;F4&gt;</font> to access the drop-down list. Then use the arrow keys to highlight your entry and press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> to select it. Alternatively, press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Spacebar&gt;</font> to cycle through the selections without opening the drop-down list.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">If a predefined entry is required, type the first character or two of the entry. The entry will appear in the field.</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">OR</p>
<p class="Help-Indent">In drop-down lists that allow free-form entries, type the appropriate data.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate to the next field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Lookup Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Lookup Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basicsmainpage.htm">Point of Sale Basics</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic302.htm">Entering Data</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Lookup fields are used to bring data from another file to the document or record in which you are working. An example is the <font class="hcp1">Customer</font> field on sales receipts, as shown below.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/cust_list_on_doc.gif" alt="" style="border: none;" width="389" height="196" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Lookup fields are directly linked to the associated file. You have the following options from a lookup field:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Search for a record by keyword</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">With no entry, click &#160;the field to display all records in the associated file</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <font class="hcp1">Add New &lt;record&gt;</font> from the drop-down list to add a new record of this type and list it on the document</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">Note: Looking up items from documents is slightly different (see <a href="basic303.htm">listing items on documents</a>).</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To use lookup fields:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Scan or begin typing an entry in the lookup field. You need only enter enough characters to ensure a unique match in the associated file.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">The drop-down list is automatically activated and the closest match(es) to what you type is shown. Click a record (<font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Enter&gt;</font>) to bring it to the document. Otherwise continue with the following steps.</p>
<p class="Help-Nested-List">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Lookup alternative (not available from all documents):</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Choose the <font class="hcp1">Select from</font> <font class="hcp1">&lt;record type&gt; List</font> from the <span class="hcp2">I Want To</span> menu to directly access the associated file.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">Example: <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp1">elect from</font> <span class="hcp2">V</span><font class="hcp1">endor List</font> to access the vendor file.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the list, use standard <a href="basic261.htm">sort</a>, <a href="navigation_find/basic_filter_keys.htm">search</a>, or <a href="basic262.htm">filtering</a> procedures to locate an existing record.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Once the record is selected, choose <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp1">elect</font> or double-click to add the record to your document.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">When you access the customer, department, or vendor files during a lookup, you have full editing capabilities in that module. This makes it possible to add or edit records without closing the original module.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic303.htm">Listing items on documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Date Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp2 { font-style:italic; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
span.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp5 { font-family:"Wingdings 3"; }
font.hcp6 { font-family:"Wingdings 3";
font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Date Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic242.htm">Quick Entry Date Formats</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_time_fields.htm">Time Fields</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Entering Dates</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">There are two types of Point of Sale dates: <font class="hcp2">fixed dates</font> and <font class="hcp2">dynamic dates</font>.</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Fixed dates</font> are fixed in time. For example, if you enter 05/20/06 or a date range of 01/01/2006 12/31/2006, then this will be the recorded date, no matter how much time has passed. Document dates are fixed dates; but most allow you to change the date while creating it (subject to security rights).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Dynamic dates</font> allow you to define a single date or date range relative to the current Point of Sale date, such as <font class="hcp2">Today</font> or <font class="hcp2">Month-to-Date</font>. As the Point of Sale date changes, so does the dynamic dates. Dynamic dates are typically used to define date ranges for filtering lists and for reporting purposes.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp4">Note:</span> A <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin12.htm">security right</a> is available to block your employees from changing the date on a receipt.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in a fixed date field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the date field and do one or a combination of the following:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter the date directly.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select <img src="../image/f4_symbol.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol.gif" title="image\f4_symbol.gif" width="13" height="14" border="0"> <font class="hcp3">(&lt;F4&gt;)</font> to access a drop-down calendar.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Todays date is highlighted in red, and the currently selected date is shown in blue. Use the arrow keys to move from day to day in the displayed month.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To view the previous or following month, select <font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp5">t</font> (<font class="hcp2">PageUp</font>) or <font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp5">u</font> (<font class="hcp2">PageDown</font>) respectively. Click the date you want to select, or highlight the date and press <font class="hcp3">&lt;Enter&gt;</font>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp3">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Warning" style="font-weight: bold; margin-left: 0px;"><img src="../image/warning_icon_small.gif" alt="" style="border: none;" width="24" height="25" border="0"> &#160;Warning: <span style="font-weight: normal;">Do not change your Windows system date to record a different date on a Point of Sale document. Data loss could result.</span></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To enter data in a dynamic date field:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Choose a range from the <font class="hcp1">Date filter type</font> field in the Dynamic Date Filter dialog.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Use your mouse or touchscreen or press <font class="hcp1">&lt;</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6">r;</font><font class="hcp1">&gt;</font> or <font class="hcp1">&lt;</font><font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp6"></font><font class="hcp1">&gt;</font> to move between the selections and press <font class="hcp3">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> to choose a range. See <a href="basic322.htm">dynamic date range options</a> for help with selecting a range.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you choose a fixed period (<span class="hcp4">C</span><font class="hcp1">ustom</font>), use the fixed date procedure for picking dates. To access calendars, select <img src="../image/f4_symbol_2.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" title="image\f4_symbol_2.gif" width="13" height="15" border="0"> <font class="hcp3">(&lt;F4&gt;)</font>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp4">OK</span> to apply your selected date range.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font class="hcp3">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or move out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic316.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic262.htm">Filter lists</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic306.htm">Define filter criteria</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/sc2305.htm">Change report dates</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Listing items">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>List Items by UPC, ALU, or Item #</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">List Items by UPC, ALU, or Item #</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic254.htm">Use Bar Codes</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">About Item Identifiers</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Search for an Item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To list an item on a document:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Scan or type an item identifier in the Enter Item(s) field.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you scan a bar code and one unique matching item is found in inventory, it is instantly listed on the document with a quantity of one.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you type a UPC code, Item #, or Alternate Lookup, press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Enter&gt;</font>. If one there is one unique match in inventory, it is immediately listed on the document with a quantity of one. If multiple matches are found the matches are displayed in a drop-down list.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Indent">From this list, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click an item or use your arrow keys to highlight the item and then press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Enter&gt;</font> to list it on the document.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Scroll through the list to locate and select an item.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select <font style="font-weight: bold;">Add New Item</font> to enter a <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">new item</a> in inventory and immediately list it on the document.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Item lookups are done in the following order: UPC, Alternate Lookup, Item #, and then search keyword(s). Ensuring that you do not have duplicates of any item's UPC, ALU, or Item # is vital to making the item lookup function efficient.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For more information about using UPCs, Alternate Lookups, and Item numbers to list items, read about <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifiers</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Overview of listing items on documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic319.htm">Edit listed items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic320.htm">Delete listed items</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Listing items">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Select Items from Inventory</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Select Items from Inventory</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an Item</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter the Item List</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_item_identifiers.htm">Sort the Item List</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note">This topic applies to purchase orders, inventory adjustment memos, and transfer slips only.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can go directly to inventory to select items to list on a document or for other tasks. Once in inventory, the item list can be sorted, searched, or filtered to locate the correct item or an item can be added or edited before listing.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To look up and select items in inventory:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Choose <font class="hcp1">Select from</font> <span class="hcp2">I</span><font class="hcp1">tem List</font> (<font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;F4&gt;</font>) from the document or task I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">This opens your item list in a special selection mode.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Locate the items you want to list.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Once you have located an item, use one of the following methods to bring it to the document:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To immediately return one item to the document, double-click it. The item is listed with a quantity of one.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">From a document:</span> Enter the quantity of each item to be listed in the <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="A1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic335.htm');return false;">Doc Qty</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"> column in your item list. You can also specify the <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="A2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic337.htm');return false;">Doc Price</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"> (if making a receipt or customer order) or the <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="A3" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic336.htm');return false;">Doc Cost</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"> (if making a PO, voucher, or cost memo). Navigate through the item list, making entries for all items you want to list on the document. When finished, choose <font class="hcp1">Select</font> from the bottom toolbar to return selected items to the document with the specified quantities and prices/costs.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/items_select_docqty.gif" alt="Select items from inventory for document" title="Select items from inventory for document" width="273" height="59" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">From other tasks:</span> Select the checkboxes to the left of an item to select it. You can also use the selection options from the I Want To menu to select all, clear all, or select multiple items. When finished, choose <font class="hcp1">Select</font> from the bottom toolbar to return selected items to the task form or list.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;<img src="../image/items_select.gif" alt="Item selection from tasks" title="Item selection from tasks" width="209" height="58" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you need to list a large number of style items, as you might on a PO, voucher, or adjustment memo, highlight a style item and then, from the I Want To. menu select <span class="hcp2">Edit/Add</span> <font class="hcp1">Style</font>. Enter document quantities (or select checkboxes for other tasks) directly in the style grid cells corresponding to each style item. When done, choose <font class="hcp1">Select</font>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat steps 2-3 to locate and list all the items you need.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Full item editing is possible while in the item selection screen. This feature allows the flexibility to perform tasks, such as adding items as new merchandise is being ordered, received, or sold.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a5" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_purchasing/po607.htm');return false;">Tip: Filter your item list to display a single vendor's items</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="A4" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('note_adding_a_new_style_from_documents.htm');return false;">Note: Add a new style while creating a document</a><img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_additem_whle_making_document.htm">Add a new item while creating a document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">List items on documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('A1');
FilePopupInit('A2');
FilePopupInit('A3');
FilePopupInit('a5');
FilePopupInit('A4');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Listing items">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit Items Listed on Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=2"></a><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit Items Listed on Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">List Items</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic320.htm">Delete Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="basic_edit_documents.htm">Edit Saved Documents</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note">You can edit an item on a <a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('Transactional documents include sales and return receipts, receiving and return vouchers, and adjustment memos. Multi-store users have one more transactional document, the transfer slip.','Arial,10',30,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)" style="color: #008000;">transactional document</a> only until the document has been saved. You can edit items on order documents at any time.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">These edits will affect only the listed items on the document; they will not affect the corresponding items in inventory. The fields that can be edited vary by document, but typically edits are made to:</p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Change the quantity, price, cost, or give an item discount</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Change an items tax code, when special tax handling is needed</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit the item description; sometimes used on <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_serviceitem">service</a> or <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_noninvitem">non-inventory</a> items</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) Enter item <a href="basic_serial_number.htm">serial numbers</a></p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) Change the sales Associate on a line-item basis for <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_commissions.htm">commission tracking</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Text">The procedure here is for editing an item on a sales receipt. The general procedure is the same on other documents, though choices may vary slightly.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit a listed item:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the item you wish to edit on the receipt..</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">If you just listed the item, it is automatically highlighted and this step is not necessary.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Make edits as necessary:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <span class="hcp1">Qty +</span> and <span class="hcp1">Qty </span> &#160;to increase or decrease the item quantity respectively.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select <span class="hcp1">Return Item</span> to change the quantity to negative (a negative quantity adds the item back to inventory)</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <span class="hcp1">Qty/Price/Discount</span> to open a dialog allowing you to edit any or all &#160;of these things in a single window</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font style="font-weight: bold;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">Click</span> Edit</font> to open the Item Information window to access other editable fields.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Or, make changes directly in the item list. You may have to <a href="basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">add columns</a> to the list for this option to be available.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Make other entries on the document as necessary and then take payment and save.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_listingitemgroup.htm">List and edit a group Item</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_listing_itemassembly.htm">List an item assembly on a document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_listing_uom.htm">List different units of measure on documents</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Listing items">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Remove Items from a Document</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Remove Items from a Document</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">List Items on Documents</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic319.htm">Edit Listed Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Items listed on a <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_transactionaldocs">transactional document</a> can be deleted at anytime before the document is saved. Items listed on order documents can be deleted at anytime, since order documents are planning documents that do not affect inventory.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">These procedures only delete the item from the document. They do not affect inventory.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete listed items:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Method 1</font></p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Display the document form.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the item(s) you want to delete.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp1">Remove This Item</font> in the list or, if you have selected multiple items, select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Remove Selected Items</span> from the I Want To menu.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The item is removed from the list.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Method 2</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">This method "zeroes out" the item, but leaves it listed on the document.</font></p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the item you want to delete on the document.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Use the <font class="hcp1">Qty +</font> or <font class="hcp1">Qty </font> buttons to change the quantity to zero.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Tab&gt;</font> or navigate out of the field.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Basics: Fields">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Dynamic Date Range Options</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Dynamic Date Range Options</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic316.htm">Date Fields</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic242.htm');return false;">Quick-Entry of Dates</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</font> The following examples are based on a current Point of Sale date of Wednesday, October 12, 2005.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Custom</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">A non-dynamic date range option. Select it to define a fixed date range with a specific starting and ending date that will remain unchanged. An open range cannot be defined with this option.</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Today</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Current date. (October 12 October 12, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Yesterday</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Yesterday. (October 11 October 11, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">This year, week-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From the first day of the week (Sunday) to today. (October 9 October 12, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last week</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Entire previous week. (October 2 October 8, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">This year, month-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From the first day of the current month to today. (October 1 October 12, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last month</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Entire previous month. (September 1 September 30, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last 30, 60, or 90 days</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">Last 30, 60, or 90 calendar days, crossing into last year if applicable. (30 days: September 13 October 12, 2005; 60 days: August 14 October 12, 2005; 90 days: July 15 October 12, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">This year, year-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From January 1 of the current year to today. (January 1 October 12, 2005)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last year, week-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From the first day of the week to the current day in the same month for last year. May not be the same number of days as week-to-date, this year. (October 10 October 12, 2004)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last year, month-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From the first day of the month to the current day/month for last year. (October 1 October 12, 2004)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">Last year, year-to-date</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">From January 1 to the current day/month for last year. (January 1 October 12, 2004)</p>
<p class="Help-Selection-Filename">All</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt;">All dates.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic322.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Doc Qty</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe8; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Doc Qty</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp1">Doc Qty</font> (Document Quantity) field is available when selecting items for a document in inventory or when bringing the items from a order to a transactional document. For example, when selecting items for a sales receipt, enter the quantity that you are selling in the <font class="hcp1">Doc Qty</font> field. When selecting items for a purchase order, enter the quantity you are ordering.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Dont confuse an items <font class="hcp1">Doc Qty</font> with its on-hand quantity in inventory.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) If you use styles and you display the style grid when coming to inventory from a document, you can enter the document quantities directly in the style grid cells. When you choose <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp1">elect</font> or <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp1">ave &amp; Select</font>, the entered quantities are carried to the document.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Doc Cost</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe6; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Doc Cost</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The cost to be used on a purchase order, voucher, or cost memo may be different from the current inventory cost (<font class="hcp1">Average Unit</font> <font class="hcp1">Cost</font>). The document cost field (<font class="hcp1">Doc Cost</font>) is available when selecting items from your item list while creating a document and allows you to specify the cost of the item on the document.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In the case of a PO or voucher, the current <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> for the item is suggested as the document cost, but can be edited as necessary. If no order cost is defined, then the current average unit cost is suggested. For example, when selecting items from inventory for a purchase order, the current order cost is auto-filled for you. If the vendor's cost for the item has changed, you can enter the new cost in the <font class="hcp1">Doc Cost</font> field and it will be carried to the PO.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In the case of a cost adjustment memo, no document cost is suggested. Enter the adjusted (new) cost in the <font class="hcp1">Doc Cost</font> field. This cost will be carried to the <font class="hcp1">New Cost</font> field on the memo.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Doc Price</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffea; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Doc Price</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The document price (<font class="hcp1">Doc Price</font>) field is available when selecting items from inventory to list on sales documents. <font class="hcp1">Doc Price</font> stores the item price for the current document only. For example, when selecting items for a receipt, enter the price at which you want to sell the item in the <font class="hcp1">Doc Price</font> field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you dont make an entry in this field, your default price (as specified in company preferences) is automatically added to the document.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Printing Tags: Overview</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Printing Tags: Overview</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic_tagdesigns.htm">Supported Tags</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs03.htm">Printing Preferences</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">FAQs</a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP254384293" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_taginstructions.htm">Print tags</a></p>
<p><a href="basic292.htm">Specify tag printing templates</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_disable_tagprinting.htm">Disable tag printing for an item</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tagmrsp.htm">Print the MSRP on tags</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_price_manager/pm509.htm">Print markdown or discount tags in Price Manager</a></p>
<p><a href="basic291.htm">Print cost on tags in code</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_tagdesigns.htm">View supported tag and label styles and sizes</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my tag templates</a></p>
<p><a href="basic_import_templates.htm">Import print templates</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_installing.htm">Installing supported printers</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_calibratezebralp2824.htm">Troubleshoot my Zebra tag printer</a></p>
<p><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport20.htm">Order printing supplies</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Item price tags can be printed from inventory, purchase and receiving documents, transfer slips, the Price Change reminders window, and from the Price Manager and Physical Inventory windows.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The appearance of printed tags is determined by the default print template you have specified in workstation preferences or you can <a href="basic_print_selecttemplate.htm">change</a> the template at time of printing. &#160;Pro users can also <a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">customize</a> or create new tag templates to meet their individual needs.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tag printing is supported to compatible dedicated tag printers (e.g. the Zebra LP2824) and to standard inkjet/laser printers (using sheet labels). A dedicated tag printer allows you to print to hang tag, jewelry tag, and adhesive tag templates available on roll stock.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../../image/tagsample.gif" alt="Inventory Tag" title="Inventory Tag" width="417" height="135" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Tags can be printed with or without <a href="../basic254.htm">bar codes</a> or the reference <a href="basic_tagmrsp.htm">MSRP</a> (manufacturer's suggested retail price).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When printing tags with bar codes and using the default tag templates, Point of Sale uses the inventory item number to produce the bar code, <font style="font-weight: bold;">not the UPC code</font>. This allows you to print bar-coded tags and list items on documents by scanning them, even if you do not have a vendor-provided UPC code for the items. <a href="../basic_item_identifiers.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">The MSRP is included on printed tags if it has been entered on the item record. If you do not wish to include the MSRP, don't enter it on the item record or remove the field from the template you are using with <a href="../../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic338.htm">Return to top</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Other Tag Printing Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equip_tagprntrlist.htm">List of compatible tag printers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_installing.htm">Installing supported printers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_equipment/equipment_calibratezebralp2824.htm">Common issues with Zebra tag printers</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_printing_shippinglabels.htm">Printing mailing and shipping labels</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_shipping/shipping_info.htm">Printing shipping labels</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Printing tags for alternate vendors <img src="../../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP276495268" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p>Item tags printed from inventory always include the information for your primary vendor. To print tags that include alternate vendor information, such as the alternate lookup or UPC values, print the tags from either the purchase order or receiving voucher used to purchase the items from the alternate vendor.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport20.htm">Ordering printing supplies</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP254384293');
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP276495268');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>basic340</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff2; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Tip: Zoom to View Small Print</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Popup topic. has been hidden</p>
<p class="Help-Text">By default, the previewer is set to display the printed record, document, or tag at 100% magnification. Small print, such as on tags, may not appear clear at this magnification. To improve the display of small print, increase the zoom level by selecting to zoom in from the toolbar (or access the zoom control from the right-click pop-up menu).</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Add a New Item While Creating a Document</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ol.hcp5 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp7 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp8 { text-decoration:underline; }
font.hcp9 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Item While Creating a Document</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">List Items on Documents</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="A1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('note_adding_a_new_style_from_documents.htm');return false;">Add a New Style</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Need to order, receive, or sell an item not yet added to inventory?</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale allows you to add an inventory item while you are creating a document and then immediately list it on your current document.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">What are you trying to do?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Add an item while receiving or selling <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> - Voucher or Receipt</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP301256278" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p>This procedure adds the item to inventory and adds it to your receipt or voucher.</p>
<ol class="hcp5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <span class="hcp6">Add New Inventory Item</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">The Add Inventory Item dialog is displayed.</p>
<ol start="2" class="hcp5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information to define the new item, following the same procedures you would use to <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">add an item</a> in inventory.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp6">Save</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">You are returned to your document, with the new item added to the document item list.</p>
<ol start="4" class="hcp5">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Edit the item as needed for quantity, price, cost, etc.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete the document in the normal manner.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p>If you prefer you can sell an item as a <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_sell_misc_item.htm">miscellaneous item</a>, which is quicker but does not add the item to your inventory (you can add it later).</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po_addnewitems.htm">Add an item while ordering</a> - Purchase Order</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Add an item while making another document <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> - Customer Order, Adjustment Memo, or Transfer Slip</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP301266648" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text">You have two options:</p>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Full Add Item Screen</span> This option takes you to the regular inventory Add Item screen, with all information fields available. This is the recommended procedure in most cases and is described below.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Quick Add</span> Provides a method to quickly add and process a new item from a document, entering only basic information. This option is ideal when time is of the essence or a customer is waiting and the item is not yet entered in inventory. Later you can return to inventory to add more information as needed for the item. <a href="basic_quickadd_item.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new item using the full Add Item screen:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Choose <font class="hcp7">Add New</font> from the drop-down list in the Enter Items field on the document.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A blank new item record is opened.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">Follow normal procedures to <a href="../qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm">define the new item</a>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If this is <font class="hcp8">an existing item</font> you are defining as part of program startup, enter the current on-hand quantity, cost, and price(s).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If this is <font class="hcp8">a new item</font> that you will record on a receiving voucher, do not enter a quantity. The receiving voucher will add the received quantity to inventory. You can list the item on a document, which may temporarily cause its on-hand quantity to go negative, but the receiving voucher will correct that when it is made. You may enter the item cost and price(s) so that they are reflected on the document you are creating.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">When done, choose <font class="hcp7">Save and Select</font>. You are returned to your document with the new item listed.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Text">
<p class="Help-Text">If you need to immediately edit the item's quantity, price, cost, etc. for the current document, select <font class="hcp7">Edit Item</font> <font class="hcp9">(&lt;F5&gt;)</font> and make changes in the Item Information window. When done select <font class="hcp7">OK</font> <font class="hcp9">(&lt;F5&gt;)</font> to close the window.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_inventory/inven430.htm');return false;">QuickBooks financial software Note: Adding an item and immediately selling it <img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handle special orders</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP301256278');
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP301266648');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Automatic Security Logouts</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Automatic Security Logouts</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="secadminoverview.htm">Employees &amp; Security Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic210.htm">Log In/Out</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="secadmin_timecards_clockinout.htm">Clocking In/Out</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Your Point of Sale preferences can be set such that employees are automatically logged out under the following two circumstances.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Select a link to view preference setting information for these options.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_workstation_preferences/wsprefs02.htm">Log out after a period of inactivity</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Log out after each sales transaction</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Important</span>: Don't use the automatic logout after a period of inactivity if <a href="../qbpos_data_protection/backup_automatic.htm">scheduling backups</a> or <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/store_exchange_schedule.htm">Store Exchanges</a> to occur when the computer is unattended.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Keyboard Shortcuts: Customers</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Keyboard Shortcuts: Customers</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">General Keyboard Shortcuts</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen</a></p>
<div>
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000;"><span>Basic</span> </p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">This is a list of keyboard shortcuts applicable in <a href="../../qbpos_customers/customersoverview.htm">customer</a> records.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="387">
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:31.01%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Keystroke</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.99%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Action</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">General:</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Tab&gt; or &lt;Arrow Keys&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Move field to field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Display choices on drop-down list or display calendar in date fields (press within field)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F11&gt; or &lt;F12&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Save customer record</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+O&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Open I Want To menu</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl + n&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Switch tabbed pages, n = 1,2,3, etc.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Esc&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Cancel creation of customer</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Customer List:</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F3&gt; or &lt;Ctrl+F&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-bottom: 2.00pt;">Search for customer</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle between list and form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Ctrl+F10&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Print customer labels</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_cust_keys.htm">Return to top</a></p>
&#160;
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Customize Navigation Toolbar</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Customize the Navigation Toolbar Buttons</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can add or remove buttons on the navigation toolbar on the left of the Home Page, receipts, and vouchers.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add or remove toolbar buttons:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Right-click any button on the toolbar.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Customize buttons</span>.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">To add a button:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="list-style: lower-alpha;">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <span class="hcp1">Available Tasks</span> column, select the button you want &#160;to add.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="list-style: lower-alpha;">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the right arrow to move it to the <span class="hcp1">Selected Tasks</span> column.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Steps">To remove a button:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="list-style: lower-alpha;">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <span class="hcp1">Selected Tasks</span> column, select the button you want to remove.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="list-style: lower-alpha;">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the left arrow to move it to the <span class="hcp1">Available Tasks</span> column.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Close</span>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen Navigation</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="navigation_find/basic259.htm">Keyboard Navigation</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Customize List Columns</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Customize List Columns</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How Do I? <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic list" title="Click to expand/collapse topic list" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP281036617" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-style: italic;">Note: Not all tasks apply to all list types.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Sort and scroll in a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic262.htm">Filter a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_customizesummarypane.htm">Customize a collapsed list information panel</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="printing/basic_printdocuments.htm">Print a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="basic_view_list.htm">Complete other list tasks</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p><a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Use these procedures to add, remove, or rearrange the columns in a Point of Sale list. The procedure varies slightly depending on your list. Select the list type you are working with for specific instructions:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Item, Customer, Sales History, or Receiving History lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;&#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP301061830" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p>This information applies to item, customer, sales history, and receiving history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To customize list columns:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Right-click on any list column header.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Indent">A list of available columns is displayed. The columns already shown in the list are at the top of the list with check marks. The remainder of the list is the available columns in alphabetical order.</p>
<ol start="2">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Scroll through the list and click the columns you wish to add (or click an existing column to remove it).</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">When done, click anywhere outside the list to close it.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the list, drag column headers to put them in to the position you prefer and/or drag header divider lines to re-size the column width.</p>
</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">All other lists <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> &#160;</p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP300380952" style="display: none;">
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr class="hcp3">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to department, vendor, employee, customer order, purchase order, transfer history, and adjustment history lists.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To customize list columns:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Right-click on any list column header.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">From the popup menu, select either:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5"><span class="hcp6">A</span>djust Column Widths</font> to adjust the width of all columns to the width of the largest entry in the column.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5"><span class="hcp6">C</span>ustomize Columns</font> to add, remove, or rearrange columns (see below).</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add or remove columns, or to rearrange their order:</p>
<ol>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp6">C</span><font class="hcp5">ustomize Columns</font> as described above.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Perform the appropriate actions:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5">To add a column:</font> Select a column name in the Available Columns list on the left, then select <span class="hcp6">A</span><font class="hcp5">dd</font>. The selected column is added to the Chosen Columns list on the right.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5">To remove a column</font>: Select a column name in the Chosen Columns list on the right, then select <span class="hcp6">R</span><font class="hcp5">emove</font>. The selected column is added back to the Available Columns list on the left.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5">To rearrange column order:</font> Select a column name in the Chosen Columns list on the right, then select <span class="hcp6">M</span><font class="hcp5">ove</font> <font class="hcp5">Up</font> or <font class="hcp5">Move</font> <font class="hcp5">Down</font> until it is in the desired position.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp5">To reset columns to the default settings:</font> Select <font class="hcp5">Default</font>. All columns are returned to the same state as when you first installed Point of Sale.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp5">Save</font>.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font class="hcp5">Notes:</font></p>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can rearrange column order or column widths directly in the list:</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To move a column, click and hold on the column header and drag it to the desired position.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To adjust a columns width, click and hold on the separator (the small vertical line) between column headers and drag the separator until the column is the desired width.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Some columns (fields) in your item list can be renamed to better suit your business needs. Read the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customizing field labels</a> topic for more information.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Customizing the columns in a list does not affect how columns appear in reports or on printed documents. Read <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">modifying report options</a> for more information on customizing reports. &#160;Read the <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer overview</a> &#160;fro information on customizing printed documents.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Locate a record or document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_custom.htm">Use custom fields</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP281036617');
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP301061830');
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP300380952');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Customize List Information Panels</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
padding-left:10px; }
ul.hcp3 { list-style:disc; }
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Customize List Information Panels</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How Do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic list" title="Click to expand/collapse topic list" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a></p>
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP300366936" style="display: none;">
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
<col style="width: 100%;">
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Note: Not all tasks apply to all list types.</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Sort and scroll in a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="basic262.htm">Filter a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize list columns</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:17px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="printing/basic_printdocuments.htm">Print a list</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="basic_view_list.htm">Complete other list tasks</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="height:22px;" class="hcp1">
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp2">
<p><a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Customize my printed documents</a></p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Note">This topic applies to department, vendor, employee, customer order, purchase order, transfer history, and adjustment history lists.</p>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When a Point of Sale list is in <a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('Click the Expand/Collapse button at the top of the list or select from the View menu) to switch between a full list view and a collapsed view with an information panel for the selected record./r/n ','Arial,10',10,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)">collapsed format</a>, the right side of the window is called the information panel. The information displayed is for the selected record in the collapsed list to the left and varies depending on the record type.</p>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The bottom half of the information panel typically includes a history for the selected record or, in the case of a document, the list of items that were included in the transaction. Other information may appear for some record types. This information is often presented in report format and some <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports_working_with_displayed.htm">report viewing options</a> are available.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The top portion of the information panel contains specific information fields from the selected record and task buttons that can be customized by adding, removing, or rearranging the fields to best suit your information needs.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To customize a list information panel:</p>
<ol class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the <span class="hcp5">Customize this window</span> link at the bottom-right of the panel.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">In the window displayed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul class="hcp3">
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Drag and drop fields and task buttons to position them where you want.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To add a field or button, drag it from the <span class="hcp5">Available Fields</span> area to the panel at the top. To remove a field, drag it down to the Available Fields area or press <span style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">&lt;Delete&gt;</span> on your keyboard.</p>
</li>
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Each panel column is split into two sub-columns. When placing data fields in a column, the field label is on the left and the actual data on the left. You can drag the separator (dotted line) between right and left sub-columns to change their relative widths. Right-clicking in a cell brings up a menu with other options, such as text alignment.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="3" class="hcp4">
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp5">Apply</span> to implement your changes.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_view_form.htm">Work with Forms</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP300366936');
//]]></script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Keyboard Shortcuts: Departments</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Keyboard Shortcuts: Departments</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">General Keyboard Shortcuts</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This is a list of keyboard shortcuts applicable to <a href="../../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">departments</a>.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="387">
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:31.01%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Keystroke</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:68.99%;" bgcolor="#D6D6D6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Action</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 1.35pt;"><font class="hcp3">Adding/Editing a Department:</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Tab&gt; or &lt;Arrow Keys&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Move field to field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Display choices on drop-down list (press within field)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F11&gt; or &lt;F12&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Save record</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Esc&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Cancel creation of department</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td colspan="2" style="width:100.00%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 1.35pt;"><font class="hcp3">Department List:</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F3&gt; or &lt;Crtl+F&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-bottom: 2.00pt;">Search for department record</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F8&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Cycle between list and form</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:30.54%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Alt+O&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:69.46%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Open I Want To menu</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Disable Tag Printing for an Item</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Disable Tag Printing for an Item</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_taginstructions.htm">Tag Printing: Basic Instructions</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../../qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm">Edit Items</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">Dont want to print tags for an item?</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Clear the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Print Tags</font> check box in the Misc and Shipping section of the item record in inventory. This will help prevent accidental printing of tags for an item even if it is displayed in your item list or on a document when printing tags.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport15.htm">Printing FAQs</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../../qbpos_help_and_support/helpandsupport20.htm">Ordering tag supplies from Intuit</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Edit Documents</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter Data in a Field</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find a Document</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This discussion assumes you require <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">employee logins</a> and are using default settings. Your actual ability to edit documents will vary based on your <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin12.htm">security rights</a>, features used, and in a multi-store configuration, your store location (Headquarters or remote).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Order Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Purchase orders and customer orders, since they have no direct effect on inventory, can be freely edited at anytime (edits to some fields may be restricted if deposits have been accepted towards the order).</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po628.htm">How do I edit a purchase order?</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_edit.htm">How do I edit a customer order?</a></p>
<p class="help-text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Transaction (History) Documents</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Before saving, all information on transaction documents can be edited.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">However, transaction documents immediately affect your inventory as soon as saved. If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop they may have also already affected your financial records. After saving, only certain informational fields can be edited. Edits that affect the items, total, or payments are generally not allowed (see voucher exceptions below). Once sent from a remote store to Headquarters or to your QuickBooks Desktop financial software, the ability to edit is even more limited.</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">What can be edited?</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Receipts</span>: After saving, you can edit the customer, comments, promotional code, and, if a Pro user, the shipping information (except amount). After sending to Headquarters or to QuickBooks Desktop, you can no longer edit the customer or promotional code. Edit options are available from the I Want To menu in Sales History.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Receiving Vouchers</span>: Certain voucher fields, such as discounts, freight, fees, and vendor billing information may be edited after saving and, at Headquarters, even after sending to QuickBooks Desktop, depending on where you <a href="../qbpos_receiving/voucher_billinginfo.htm">enter vendor billing information</a> and if you <a href="../qbpos_receiving/voucher_spreadcosts.htm">spread discount, freight, and fees</a> across item costs. Edit options are available from the I Want To menu in Receiving History.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Adjustment Memos</span>: Memo comments can be edited after saving. Once sent to Headquarters or QuickBooks Desktop, no fields are editable. Select <span class="hcp1">Edit</span> from the toolbar in your Adjustment History. Editable fields are white in color.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Transfer Slips</span>: Slip comments, carrier, and freight can be edited after saving. Once sent to Headquarters or QuickBooks Desktop, no fields are editable. Select <span class="hcp1">Edit</span> from the toolbar in your Transfer History. Editable fields are white in color.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Correcting a Document When Editing Isn't an Option</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you discover an error on a history document that is not editable, it can still be corrected by reversing the original document and then creating a new, corrected one. This feature is intended for correcting errors and should be used only when necessary.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Select a link below to learn more about reversing various documents:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1012.htm">Reverse and correct a receipt</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch723.htm">Reverse and correct a receiving voucher</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1308.htm">Reverse and correct an adjustment memo</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multistore_slip_reverse.htm">Reverse and correct a transfer slip</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>E-mail a Document</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=2"></a><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Email a PO</p>
<div>
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #800000;"><span>Basic</span> </p>
</div>
<p class="Help-Text">You can e-mail Point of Sale documents to your vendors and customers. All documents are e-mailed using the same basic procedure.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When e-mailing documents, Point of Sale automatically launches your default Windows e-mail client, creates the e-mail, and attaches the document in PDF format.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Other document e-mailing preferences allow you to create the document attachment in the format of your choice (PDF, Excel, HTML, or plain text) and define the default message text for each document type.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You must have entered e-mail addresses for the customer and/or vendor being e-mailed on their respective records.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">To e-mail a document:</p>
<ol class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Create the document following normal procedures.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Display or select the document to be e-mailed:</p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Optionally, you can set your printing preferences to be prompted to e-mail each sales receipt to your customers (in addition to printing the receipt). This option also provides you an opportunity to collect customers' e-mail addresses if you don't already have them.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Order documents, such as purchase orders and customer orders, can be e-mailed while creating them or from the order list.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Transactional documents, other than sales receipts as described above, must be saved before they can be e-mailed from the document history list.</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4" class="hcp1">
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Select Send as E-mail from the I Want To menu (or from window toolbar in some lists).<br>
<br>
Point of Sale creates the e-mail, attaches the document, and displays it in your default e-mail client.<br>
<br>
<span class="hcp2">Important</span>: Your e-mail client may display a permissions dialog for access to your e-mail application. In some cases, the message may be hidden under the POS window. Press &lt;Alt+Tab&gt; on your keyboard to switch to the message and give permission for the access.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="Help-Text">Review and edit the e-mail address, subject line, and message as necessary, and then select Send.<br></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: If you also have Microsoft Outlook installed, the e-mail and attachment will be generated in Outlook instead. You can either select Microsoft Outlook as your default e-mail client or, if you wish to continue using Outlook Express, use the Add or Remove Programs option from the Windows Control Panel to uninstall Microsoft Outlook.</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #1</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffe6; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #1</p>
<p>In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<font class="hcp1">Rule:</font> If two or more criteria are joined by <font size="2">AND</font>, the entry in the records field must meet all of the criteria in order to be included in the filter results.
<table cellspacing="0" width="320">
<col style="width: 36.875%;">
<col style="width: 63.125%;">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:36.875%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Goal:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:63.125%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Filter for all brown tie shoes</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:36.875%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Criterion:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:63.125%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">(an <font class="hcp1">And</font> statement)</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><font class="hcp1">B</font>rown</span> and <font class="hcp1">Tie</font> must both be in the <font class="hcp1">Description 1</font> field</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:36.875%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Item Selected:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:63.125%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Item #101</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Longer chains of criteria joined by <font style="font-weight: bold;" size="2">And</font> can be built in the same manner.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #2</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
span.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #2</p>
<p>In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Rule:</font> If two or more criteria are joined by <font style="font-weight: bold;" size="2">Or</font>, the entry in the records field must meet any one of the criteria in order to be included in the filter results.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="320">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Goal:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Filter for all brown or navy shoes</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Criterion:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">(an <font class="hcp1">Or</font> statement)</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Either <span class="hcp4"><font class="hcp1">B</font>rown</span> or <span class="hcp4">N</span><font class="hcp1">avy</font> must be in the <font class="hcp1">Item Name</font> field</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Items Selected:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Items #s: 101, 201, 501, 701</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Longer chains of criteria joined by <font class="hcp1">Or</font> can be built in the same manner.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #3</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style type="text/css">
<!--
body { background-color:#fffff0; }
-->
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: And/Or Rule #3</p>
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Rule</font>: When three or more criteria are joined by any combination of <font class="hcp1">And</font>s and <font class="hcp1">Or</font>s, the criteria joined by the <font class="hcp1">And</font>s are grouped together and evaluated first. Then the <font class="hcp1">Or</font> statements are evaluated.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="320">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Goal:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Select all shoes that are brown tie or black slip-on</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Criterion:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">(a mixed <font class="hcp1">And/Or</font> statement)</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Brwn</font> and Tie or <font class="hcp1">Black</font> and <font class="hcp1">Slon</font> must be in the <font class="hcp1">Item Name</font> field</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:26.25%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Items Selected:</p>
</td>
<td style="width:73.75%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">Items #101, #401, #801</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">When designing these more complex statements, it often helps to visualize the AND statements enclosed within brackets and treated as a unit. Rewriting the criteria above would yield:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">[Brwn and Tie]</font> <font class="hcp1">or</font> <font class="hcp1">[Blck and Slon]</font></p>
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale evaluates <font font-weight:="" font-variant:="" style="font-weight: bold; &gt;And&lt;/font&gt;: requirements first. In the preceding example it identifies all items that meet the first '&lt;font' style=;">And</font> requirement, i.e., that were both <font style="font-weight: ;">Brwn</font> and <font class="hcp1">Tie</font> (Item #101). Then it identifies all the items that meet the second <font class="hcp1">And</font> requirement (Blck and Slon, Items #401 and #801).</p>
<p class="Help-Text">After evaluating all the <font class="hcp1">And</font>s, Point of Sale looks at the <font class="hcp1">Or</font> statements. All items that satisfy either of the requirements joined by an <font class="hcp1">Or</font> are selected. In this case, Item #101 is selected because it satisfies the <font class="hcp1">And</font> statement to the left of the <font class="hcp1">Or</font>, and Items #401 and #801 are selected because they satisfy the <font class="hcp1">And</font> statement to the right.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Keyboard Shortcuts: Filter Dialog</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Keyboard Shortcuts: Filter Dialog</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic259.htm">General Keyboard Shortcuts</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic244.htm">Mouse &amp; Touchscreen</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">This is a list of keyboard shortcuts for the list and report filter dialog.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="387">
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Keystroke</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Action</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Enter&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Accept entry and move to next field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;F4&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Open selection dialogs or lists within a field</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Up/Down Arrow Keys&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Move up down through lists</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" height="16" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt; Tab&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" height="16" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Switch focus from criteria fields to bottom toolbar</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp1">
<td style="width:32.56%;" height="16" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">&lt;Spacebar&gt;</p>
</td>
<td style="width:67.44%;" height="16" class="hcp2">
<p class="Help-Text">Select/clear item checkboxes or cycle through choices for various options</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: And/Or Statements</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
td.hcp3 { padding-left:1px;
padding-top:1px;
padding-right:1px;
padding-bottom:1px; }
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: And/Or Statements</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic306.htm">Filter Criteria Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Some filter fields allow the use of <font class="hcp1">AND/OR</font> statements when defining related <a href="basic_filtercriteria_freeform.htm">free-form criteria</a>. The power and flexibility gained with such statements is immense in that you can filter by what might otherwise be unrelated information. You can define multiple criteria and then include records that meet two or more criteria (<font class="hcp1">and</font>) or those that meet any of the criteria (<font class="hcp1">or</font>). You can also use a combination of <font class="hcp1">AND/OR</font> statements.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Example:</font> Your shoes are defined with a color (<font class="hcp1">BRWN, BLCK, NAVY, WHTE)</font> and description (<font class="hcp1">TIE</font> = tie/lace-up, <font class="hcp1">SLON</font> = slip-on, <font class="hcp1">BUCK</font> = buckle) in the <font class="hcp1">Item Name</font> field, resulting in inventory items looking like this:</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" width="246">
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Item #</font></p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Item Name</font></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000101</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">BRWN TIE</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000201</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">BRWN BUCK</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000301</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">WHITE SLON</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000401</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">BLCK SLON</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000501</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">BRWN SLON</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000601</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">WHTE TIE</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000701</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">NAVY SLON</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="hcp2">
<td style="width:39.02%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">000801</p>
</td>
<td style="width:60.98%;" class="hcp3">
<p class="Help-Text">BLCK SLON</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p class="Help-Text" style="color: #0000ff;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Using <font class="hcp1">and/or</font> statements as your <font class="hcp1">Item Name</font> filter criteria, you could select such combinations as all black tie shoes, all black and brown tie shoes, or all slip-on shoes.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/andor.gif" alt="image\andor.gif" title="image\andor.gif" width="372" height="126" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Three rules determine how Point of Sale interprets any AND/OR statement. The following examples of these rules make use of the shoe item list shown above.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic_filter_andorrule1.htm');return false;">And/or Rule #1<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp4"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic_filter_andorrule2.htm');return false;">And/or Rule #2<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp4"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a3" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 &amp;&amp; typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('basic_filter_andorrule3.htm');return false;">And/or Rule #3<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp4"></a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Entering data</a></p>
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
//<![CDATA[
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
FilePopupInit('a1');
FilePopupInit('a2');
FilePopupInit('a3');
//]]>
</script>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: Dates and Time</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: Dates and Time</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic306.htm">Filter Criteria Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Both fixed and <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_dynamicdate">dynamic dates</a> are acceptable entries on most date filters. With a simple selection, you can specify to have the report or list filtered for a specified date or date range, or for <font class="hcp1">month-to-date</font>, <font class="hcp1">year-to-date</font>, <font class="hcp1">last year for this same period</font>, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">There is a variety of predefined dynamic date ranges available for your use. To specify a single day, enter the same date in both the lower and upper date range fields.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Time fields are used only when filtering for reports and allow you to filter on a portion of a day or on a time period traversing multiple days.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Choose a date/time topic for more information:</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic316.htm">Date entry</a></p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic_time_fields.htm">Time entry</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic322.htm">Dynamic date range options</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic242.htm">Tip: Quick-entry date formats</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic_time_entry.htm">Tip: Quick-entry time formats</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Entering data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: Free-form Text and Descriptive Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: Free-form Text and Descriptive Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic306.htm">Filter Criteria Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Example fields:</font> Item descriptions, size, color, attribute, names, comments, street names, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Enter a string of characters. Records that have the matching string of characters anywhere in the field that match your entry are included.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</font> Entering a value of "buckle" in the Item Name field would include such records as "ladies buckle shoe," "buckle girls dress shoe," "boys casual shoe buckle," and so on, in the filter results. For an exact match, enclose the string of characters within quotes: "buckle" will only include records that have only the word "buckle" in the field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">You can also build powerful <a href="basic_filtercriteria_andor.htm">and/or statements</a> to filter by free-form descriptive fields.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Entering data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: Range Fields</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: Range Fields</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic306.htm">Filter Criteria Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Range fields include Item numbers, <a href="basic_filtercriteria_zipcodes.htm">ZIP Codes</a>, phone numbers, price, cost, margin, <a href="basic_filtercriteria_datetime.htm">date/time</a>, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Range fields are evident by the word "to" between two value fields, i.e. &lt;low value&gt; to &lt;high value&gt;. Initially, both values of the range are blank. If left blank, all records are included. To filter on a range, enter the lowest allowed value in the left field and the highest allowed value in the right field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Example:</font> To include only item numbers 1 through 500, enter 1 as the low value and 500 as the high value in the <font class="hcp1">Item #</font> field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/filtercriteria_range.gif" alt="image\filtercriteria_range.gif" title="image\filtercriteria_range.gif" width="320" height="22" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Range criteria allow both open-ended and closed ranges of data, except for date/time ranges, which require closed ranges.</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp1">Example:</font> To filter for all item numbers greater than 500, enter 501 as the lower range and leave the upper range blank (open-ended). Similarly, leaving the lower range open-ended and entering 500 in the upper range would yield the result of all item numbers 1 500.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
<title>Filter Criteria: Selection Lists</title>
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 12PT */
* { font-size: 12pt !important; }
body, p, li, ol, ul, div, span, td, th, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-size: 12pt !important; }
</style>
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
<!--
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold;
font-style:italic; }
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
-->
</style>
</head>
<body>
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Filter Criteria: Selection Lists</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic306.htm">Filter Criteria Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="basic262.htm">Filter Lists</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">Modify Reports</a></p>
<p class="Help-Text">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Example Fields</font>: Department, vendor, item type, workstation, etc.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Selection fields are used when filter criteria must match entries in another program list. If you want to specify a single value for this field and you know what the value is, you can type it directly into the field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">If you want to select multiple values, select <img src="../image/f4_symbol.gif" alt="image\f4_symbol.gif" title="image\f4_symbol.gif" width="13" height="14" border="0"> or press <font class="hcp1">&lt;F4&gt;</font> from the field.</p>
<p class="Help-Text">Select or clear checkboxes to specify the values to be include or excluded, respectively. To select or clear a values check box, click it or highlight it and press <font class="hcp1">&lt;Space&gt;</font>. You can also use the <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">elect All</font> or <span class="hcp2">C</span><font class="hcp3">lear All</font> buttons. Select <span class="hcp2">OK</span> to return the selected values to the field. &lt;Selection&gt; is displayed in the field if multiple values have been selected.</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/filtercriteria_selection.gif" alt="Filter criteria selection list" title="Filter criteria selection list" width="263" height="256" border="0"></p>
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">&#160;</p>
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="basic302.htm">Enter data</a></p>
</body>
</html>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More